DICTAPHONE CORP /DE
10-K405, 1998-03-31
OFFICE MACHINES, NEC
Previous: SAFESCIENCE INC, 10-K, 1998-03-31
Next: BEAR STEARNS ASSET BACKED SECURITIES INC, S-3, 1998-03-31



================================================================================
                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                ----------------
                                    FORM 10-K

                FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS PURSUANT TO
         SECTIONS 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

    (MARK ONE)
         |X|   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
               SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997

         |_|  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
              SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                  For the transition period from             to

                        COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 33-93464

                             DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

            DELAWARE                                       06-0996237
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF             (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) 

 3191 BROADBRIDGE AVENUE, STRATFORD, CT                       06497
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                    (ZIP CODE)

       REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (203) 381-7000

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
                                      NONE

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:
                                      NONE

Indicate  by check  mark  whether  the  registrant:  (1) has filed  all  reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. [X] Yes [ ] No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K [X].

The  aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of the
registrant as of March 24, 1998 was $0.00.

As of March 24, 1998, there were 12,949,000  shares of the  registrant's  common
stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Stock") outstanding.  There is no established
trading market for the Common Stock.

                  DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE. None

================================================================================

<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                   PAGE
                                                                REFERENCED
ITEM NUMBER                                                      FORM 10-K


                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS................................................    1

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES..............................................    7

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.......................................    8

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.....    8

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
         STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.....................................    8

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.................................    9

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
         CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.....................   11

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT
         MARKET RISK.............................................   17

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.............   17

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
         ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.....................   58

                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT......   58

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION..................................   61

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
         MANAGEMENT..............................................   68

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS..........   69

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND
         REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.....................................   72


<PAGE>


            CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

              CERTAIN  STATEMENTS   CONTAINED  HEREIN  WHICH  EXPRESS  "BELIEF,"
"ANTICIPATION," "EXPECTATION," OR "INTENTION" OR ANY OTHER PROJECTION, INCLUDING
STATEMENTS CONCERNING THE LAUNCH OF NEW PRODUCTS, FUTURE COMPANY PERFORMANCE AND
CAPITAL  EXPENDITURES,  INSOFAR  AS THEY  MAY  APPLY  PROSPECTIVELY  AND ARE NOT
HISTORICAL FACTS, ARE "FORWARD-LOOKING" STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION
27A OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934. BECAUSE SUCH STATEMENTS INCLUDE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES, ACTUAL RESULTS
MAY DIFFER  MATERIALLY FROM THOSE  EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED BY SUCH  FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS.  FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER  MATERIALLY  FROM
THOSE EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED BY SUCH  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS INCLUDE, BUT ARE
NOT  LIMITED  TO,  THE RISK  FACTORS  IDENTIFIED  IN  DICTAPHONE'S  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  ON FORM  S-1 AND IN OTHER  DOCUMENTS  FILED  BY  DICTAPHONE  WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

GENERAL

       On  April  25,  1995,  Dictaphone  Acquisition   Corporation  ("Successor
Company", also referred to herein as the "Company" or "Dictaphone") entered into
a  Stock  and  Asset  Purchase  Agreement,  as  amended  August  11,  1995  (the
"Acquisition Agreement") with Pitney Bowes Inc. ("Pitney Bowes") for the purpose
of acquiring  (the  "Acquisition")  Dictaphone  Corporation,  the United  States
Dictaphone  Subsidiary of Pitney Bowes,  and certain  foreign  affiliates as set
forth in the Acquisition Agreement (collectively, the "Predecessor Company"). On
August 11, 1995, the Acquisition  was  consummated and the Company  acquired the
Predecessor Company. Subsequent to the Acquisition, the Company changed its name
to "Dictaphone  Corporation",  and the  Predecessor  Company changed its name to
"Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.)". In January 1998,  Dictaphone  Corporation was
merged into Dictaphone  Corporation (U.S.),  whereupon the surviving corporation
changed its name to "Dictaphone Corporation".

      The Company is the successor to a business begun by Alexander  Graham Bell
in 1876.  Today,  the Company is a leader (in certain  vertical  markets) in the
development, manufacture, marketing, service and support of Integrated Voice and
Data  Management  ("IVDM"(TM))  systems and software,  which include  dictation,
voice processing,  voice response, unified messaging,  records management, court
recording, call center monitoring systems and communications recording.

      The Company's dictation and voice management  products  ("Integrated Voice
Systems",  or "I.V.S." and "Integrated Health Systems",  or "I.H.S."),  sales of
which  represented 31% of the Company's 1997 total revenue,  consist of portable
and  desktop  dictation  products,  and voice  management  and voice  processing
systems used  primarily  by  professionals  such as  physicians,  attorneys  and
business  executives,  and  by  enterprises  such  as  hospitals,   governmental
agencies,  financial  institutions,  courts,  insurance  agencies and law firms.
Voice processing systems are generally larger,  more  sophisticated  versions of
dictation  products  designed  to  accommodate  multiple  users.  The  Company's
communications  recording systems ("C.R.S."),  sales of which represented 23% of
the Company's 1997 total revenue,  consist primarily of multi-channel  archiving
recorders and emergency message repeaters used primarily by police  departments,
fire departments,  air traffic controllers and other public safety agencies,  as
well as by financial services firms and other businesses. These products perform
continuous,  reliable  recording of multiple  telephone or other  communications
lines, such as radio channels,  to protect customers who face potentially severe
financial   or  safety   risks  posed  by  lost  or   misinterpreted   telephone
conversations  or  voice  broadcasts.  The  Company's  communications  recording
systems  products also include  quality  monitoring,  productivity  and training
products used primarily by call centers.  Dictaphone's service business, revenue
from which  represented  33% of the Company's 1997 total  revenue,  provides its
customers  with service  hardware and software  support,  expedited  repairs and
remote diagnostics. Many Dictaphone customers, including a majority of customers
purchasing  large systems,  purchase  Company  service  contracts at the time of
product purchase.

                                       1

<PAGE>


DICTATION AND VOICE MANAGEMENT

      The  dictation  products  market  consists  of (i)  the  professional  and
commercial market and (ii) the consumer market. The voice management market also
consists primarily of the professional and commercial  market.  Customers in the
professional  and commercial  market include  professionals  such as physicians,
attorneys  and business  executives,  and  enterprises  that  require  swift and
efficient document creation such as hospitals,  governmental entities, insurance
agencies,  financial  institutions  and law  firms.  Customers  in  this  market
typically  purchase products through direct sales or dealer  representatives  of
established companies that can provide reliable, long-term service through their
service networks.  Dictation  products marketed to customers in the professional
and  commercial  segment are  generally  more  expensive  than those sold in the
consumer  segment  because they represent more durable  construction  for longer
product life and provide  special  features  geared to office and  transcription
use. The consumer  segment  consists of customers who typically  purchase  lower
priced  desktop and portable  machines  through  retail,  catalog and mail order
establishments.

      The Company believes that dictation  products in its markets are purchased
primarily by existing  industry  customers.  According to the  Company's  market
surveys, approximately 70% of the purchasing activity in the marketplace is from
existing customers who are expanding and upgrading their equipment,  15% is from
users changing brands, and 15% is from non-users making their first purchase.

      Dictation  products consist of desktop and portable products and dictation
systems (also  referred to as voice  processing  systems).  Desktop and portable
dictation  products,  the traditional  products of this industry,  typically use
analog magnetic tape recording  methods to store and replay voice.  All portable
products  are designed to be  compatible  with  Dictaphone  desktops in terms of
features and appearance.  In the United States, there is a base of approximately
260,000 Dictaphone portables eligible for future upgrade.

      Voice processing systems are generally larger, more sophisticated versions
of dictation  products designed to accommodate  multiple users. Voice processing
systems equipment  usually consists of one or more centralized  dictation units,
which include the equipment  which records and replays voice data,  and a series
of telephones  or similar  devices,  which  connect with the dictation  units to
record voice data and access  previously  recorded data. This equipment  permits
users to transmit voice data to  transcriptionists  without requiring such users
to  physically  transport  audio tapes  carrying  this data.  Digital  dictation
systems currently offer many advantages over their analog predecessors including
higher reliability, random and simultaneous accessibility to work, remote access
and playback over telephone lines,  and the ability to handle multiple  software
applications,  such  as  dictation,  voice  mail  and  voice  response.  Digital
dictation systems also permit feature customization and may interface with other
customer systems, such as local area network systems.

      In 1996, the Company acquired the rights to a dictation, transcription and
information management software system which utilizes a Microsoft(R) Windows(TM)
NT operating system  platform.  This system,  called the Enterprise  Express(TM)
System, which was  launched by the Company in the first half of 1997, represents
the Company's latest voice processing system. The Enterprise  Express(TM) System
went into  production in June 1997 and has seen  significant  growth since then.
The Enterprise  Express(TM)  System replaces the Digital  Express(TM) 7000 Voice
Processing  System which was  introduced  in 1988 and has a worldwide  installed
base of over 1,600  systems  as well as the  Records  Express(TM)  Transcription
System.

      In 1993,  Dictaphone  introduced digital voice processing systems,  called
the Digital Express(R) 4000 and Digital Express(R) 2500 products.  The Company's
Straight Talk(TM) product is its smallest digital desktop system.  Introduced in
mid-1990,  Straight  Talk(TM) is provided  as an upgrade  for  clustered  analog
desktop users.

      In 1996,  Dictaphone  introduced  Synergy(TM),  a multi-application  voice
processing  and  management  system  based on  OS/2(TM)  and  industry  standard
hardware.  Synergy(TM) provides multiple computer telephony features,  including
auto-attendant,  voice mail, fax mail,  unified messaging and E-mail integration
among  others.  Synergy(TM)  systems  may be  integrated  with the  majority  of
telephone  switches and can also be linked to both  mainframe and  client-server
data sources.  Synergy(TM) is an OEM (original equipment  manufacturer)  product
which is largely sourced from a third party.

                                       2

<PAGE>


      Also in late 1996,  Dictaphone  introduced  the For the  Record(TM)  Court
Recording  System, a digital  recording  product designed to provide for access,
management and archiving of court and other similar hearing proceedings. For the
Record(TM)  provides a centralized  source where  information can be managed for
transcription,  review and retrieval and utilizes a Microsoft(R)  Windows(TM) NT
operating  platform.  In late 1997, the Company introduced a portable version of
the For the  Record(TM)  product.  For the Record(TM) is an OEM product which is
sourced from a third party.

      The  Company  also  anticipates  working  with third party  developers  of
continuous speech recognition  software, in order to introduce continuous speech
recognition products into the Company's I.H.S. and I.V.S. marketplace.


COMMUNICATIONS RECORDING SYSTEMS

      The  safety  and/or  liability  communications  recording  systems  market
consists primarily of multi-channel continuous archiving recorders and emergency
message  repeaters.  Communications  recording  systems are  designed to perform
continuous,  reliable recording of multiple telephone or communications lines to
protect customers who face potentially severe financial or safety risks posed by
lost  or   misinterpreted   telephone   conversations   or   voice   broadcasts.
Multi-channel archiving recorders, also called "telephone loggers" or "loggers",
are  sophisticated  systems that capture large volumes of voice data transmitted
over multiple  telephone or other  communication  lines, such as radio channels,
and allow the user to retrieve and play back specific  conversations.  Emergency
message  repeaters,  sometimes  referred to as "Call  Checks",  are much smaller
machines  that  attach to  telephone  lines or other  communications  devices to
capture a smaller volume of voice data.

      Customers of safety and liability communications recording systems include
public safety  agencies,  such as police  departments,  fire departments and air
traffic  control  departments,  financial  services  firms,  such as traders and
brokers,  call centers and other  businesses.  Dictaphone  believes that many of
these  customers  rely  heavily on these  systems as an  integral  part of their
operations,  particularly  in the  case  of  governmental  safety  agencies  and
financial institutions.

      In the early 1990's, the communications  recording systems market began to
experience  technological  change as analog  reel-to-reel  recorders began to be
displaced by analog VHS-based  products and, more  frequently,  digital products
including those based on magnetic disk,  optical disk or digital audio tape. For
example,  in the  case of  Dictaphone,  revenue  from  sales  of  communications
recording  products  based on digital  technology  increased as a percentage  of
product sales revenue from all  communications  recording products from only 13%
in 1992 to over 97% in 1997. These  technological  changes both improved product
flexibility  and, in the case of digital  recording  platforms,  increased  data
capacity and network integration.

      The Company's  multi-channel  continuous  archive recorders consist of the
ProLog(TM),  Guardian(TM) and Sentinel(TM)  models.  In the second half of 1997,
the Company introduced the Symphony CTI(TM) system, a product designed to engage
the computer telephony  integration market. The Symphony CTI(TM) system provides
for an advanced call retrieval  capability,  enabling integration with telephone
switches and other systems and databases to capture more information  related to
each phone call.

      The Company's midsized  Guardian(TM)  model,  introduced in 1994, has been
designed to provide many of the services provided by the ProLog(TM) to customers
requiring  fewer  features  or to those who  prefer a single  unit that does not
include a stand-alone personal computer ("PC") workstation.

      The Company's Sentinel(TM) digital logger product is geared toward smaller
capacity  and price  sensitive  customers.  The Company  began  shipments of the
Sentinel(TM) in the third quarter of 1995. The Sentinel(TM)  logger replaced the
Model 9800,  Dictaphone's first digital logger, which was partially sourced from
an outside supplier.

                                       3


<PAGE>


      Dictaphone's  emergency message products include the Series 5700, 5900 and
6600.   The  vast  majority  of  these  units  is  installed  in  public  safety
organizations, where they are used extensively for replaying emergency telephone
calls.

      In the fourth quarter of 1996,  Dictaphone introduced its Insight(TM) call
center  product.  The Insight(TM)  product is a call center quality  monitoring,
productivity,  training and management  system which  provides  fully  automated
monitoring, recording and evaluation/reporting capabilities in a single package,
integratable  into existing network  environments.  The monitored record is both
voice and screen  data which is  synchronously  played  back to enable  accurate
training and evaluation of call center agents and the generation of a variety of
management reports.  Insight(TM) is an OEM product which is sourced from a third
party.

      Dictaphone  believes  it has a  number  of  significant  opportunities  in
marketing its products,  including,  for example, the continuing transition from
analog to digital technology, expansion of the Company's efforts in Europe, Asia
and Latin America and  leveraging  the  Company's  distribution  strengths  into
adjacent market opportunities.


SERVICE

      The  Company  has an  extensive  service  organization.  The  Company  has
approximately 545 service representatives  operating out of 173 offices in North
America.  The United States service  organization is supported by  approximately
200 employees in service support,  diagnostic  center and repair  services,  and
distribution.  In  addition,  Dictaphone  has  service  locations  in the United
Kingdom,  Ireland and  Continental  Europe and sales and service  representation
through dealers in approximately 40 other countries in Europe, South America and
Asia. See "-- Sales and Marketing".

      Dictaphone's service business provides its customers with service support,
expedited  repairs and remote  diagnostics.  Service  revenue  includes sales of
"Assured  Performance  Plans",  which are long term  warranties sold in one year
increments  and frequently  purchased by the Company's  systems  customers,  and
revenue from repair of systems  software and hardware not under warranty as well
as sales of parts. Dictaphone also receives revenue from service contracts which
provide  for higher  levels of  technical  support,  such as its "SOS Alert" and
"Response Network" services, for dispatching maintenance in advance of a product
shut down and for services providing 24-hour system protection.  Many Dictaphone
customers,  including a majority of customers purchasing large systems, purchase
Dictaphone  service  contracts  at  the  time  of  product  purchase.  In  1996,
Dictaphone  instituted  a mail-in  service  program for its desktop and portable
products.  Under  this  program,  desktop  and  portable  products  are  sent by
overnight  mail to a central  service  facility in Melbourne,  Florida for rapid
turnaround or replacement.  As a result of this program,  desktops and portables
are no longer required to be serviced in U.S. field offices.

      In addition to the repair of its own proprietary product, the Company also
provides  service  support,  expedited  repairs and remote  diagnostics to other
companies  through its third party contract  service  business.  As Dictaphone's
service   network   expands  its   expertise  in  digital  and  other   advanced
technologies,  the Company  believes there will be increasing  opportunities  to
obtain service  contracts from  companies in the  telecommunications,  cable and
other related  industries which utilize these complex  technologies.  Dictaphone
has  negotiated  a number of such  arrangements  and is actively  marketing  its
services to companies in such industries.


NEW PRODUCTS

      The Company is  continually  evaluating its product line both with respect
to feature content and  development.  The Company intends to continue to develop
and enhance its product line and introduce  new  products,  some of which may be
sourced through third parties.

                                       4


<PAGE>


CUSTOMERS

      Although no single customer, other than Pitney Bowes, represents more than
1% of the Company's sales, customers for each of Dictaphone's product categories
are concentrated in certain industries. Dictaphone receives approximately 75% of
its United States dictation products revenue from medical,  legal, insurance and
financial   firms,   educational   entities  and   government   agencies.   This
industry-oriented  user concentration enables Dictaphone to focus on customizing
solutions for specific user needs and applications.

      Communications recording systems customers are predominately public safety
agencies,  financial  services  entities and call centers.  Approximately 55% of
U.S. Communications Recording Systems revenue is derived from financial services
firms and governmental agencies.

      Although  approximately 85% of Dictaphone's  revenues are generated in the
United  States,  the Company has a significant  customer base outside the United
States.  Dictaphone's international customers are in many of the same industries
that the Company serves domestically, such as medical, legal and financial firms
and governmental agencies.


SALES AND MARKETING

      The wide geographic coverage of the Company's sales and service offices in
the United  States  permits  Dictaphone to sell its products to customers of all
sizes and in virtually all United States locations.  Consequently,  less than 1%
of all United States sales are through dealers. The placement of the service and
sales offices  throughout the United States also provides a system for the rapid
distribution  and service of its  products.  See "-- Service".  Distribution  of
Dictaphone  products  is  handled  mostly  through  the  Company's  distribution
facility in Melbourne,  Florida and branch and district  locations.  The Company
also  anticipates  the expanded use of alternative  channels,  such as catalogs,
web-stores and mass marketers for the distribution of certain of its desktop and
portable products.  Outside of North America the Company is shifting from direct
to  indirect  channels,  such as  dealers  and  distributors  for the  sale  and
distribution of products.

      WARRANTIES. Every product sold by Dictaphone, new or previously owned, has
a minimum limited warranty for parts and labor that is 90 days in duration; many
of the Company's more sophisticated products,  however, are currently being sold
with  one (1)  year  parts  and  labor  warranties.  Upon  purchase  of a new or
previously  owned  Dictaphone  product,  a customer  may  purchase  an  "Assured
Performance  Plan." See "-- Service".  If a Dictaphone  customer  decides not to
purchase the Assured Performance Plan, Dictaphone will repair its products at an
hourly service rate, in addition to parts.

      ADVERTISING.   The  focus  of   Dictaphone's   advertising  and  marketing
communications  over the past few years  reflects a shift away from broad  based
major   publication   advertising  to  an  approach   targeting   dictation  and
communications  recording  intensive  markets where product use and applications
are the greatest.  Dictaphone  currently uses nationwide  corporate  direct mail
programs, field generated programs, print advertising, product trade shows, user
group communications, telemarketing and other publicity to market, advertise and
promote its products.

      LEASED  SALES.  Dictaphone  provides its  customers  with  flexible  lease
programs through Pitney Bowes Credit Corporation  ("PBCC"),  Mellon First United
Leasing ("First United") and other finance  companies.  These companies  provide
customers of the Company with lease  financing and  Dictaphone  with a source of
used  equipment,  available  through  terminations  or  defaults,  that  may  be
repurchased and remarketed by the Company.


RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

      During  the  last  few  years,  the  Company's  research  and  development
organization has evolved from one with a hardware engineering orientation to one
in which software engineering dominates. The Company employs software engineers,
digital signal  processing  engineers and test engineers to develop software for
its products as well as to

                                       5

<PAGE>


perform SMT printed  circuit  board designs and  mechanical  designs and to work
closely with its Melbourne,  Florida factory and service  operation to implement
these  designs.   The  research  and  development   organization   also  creates
application-specific integrated circuit designs.

      The  Company's  research  and  development  expenditures  (including  $6.9
million  and $6.2  million  of  capitalized  software  costs  in 1996 and  1997,
respectively) grew as a percentage of product sales and rental revenue from 7.1%
in 1996 to 7.2% in 1997.  As of December 31, 1997,  the  Company's  research and
development staff consisted of 148 personnel (including temporary employees).


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

      The Company has approximately 90 patents  protecting  features and methods
covering Integrated Voice Systems,  Integrated Health Systems and Communications
Recording  Systems product lines.  The Company  believes that there is no single
patent or group of  related  patents  the loss of which  would  have a  material
adverse  effect on its  business.  The Company also has  approximately  100 U.S.
trademarks,  including the well known "Dictaphone(R)"  registered trademark,  in
use throughout the world.


MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS

      Dictaphone's  vertically  integrated  manufacturing  process and non-union
manufacturing  workforce  enable it to respond quickly and  cost-effectively  to
changing markets and customer requirements. The Company's flexible manufacturing
enables it to offer its customers a variety of product models.

      The  Company's  primary  manufacturing  facility is located in  Melbourne,
Florida.  Manufacturing  currently  employs  approximately  600  personnel.  The
manufacturing team consists of four production  departments:  fabrication,  wire
and cable, printed circuit assembly and final assembly.

      Management  assures  manufacturing and raw material quality through formal
operator  certification  training classes,  roving quality auditors and a formal
"Supplier  Certification  System",  which  is used to  continually  monitor  the
supplier base. The manufacturing facility is currently ISO 9002 certified.

      The Company currently purchases from approximately 400 suppliers, although
80% of the annual dollar volume is procured from 90 suppliers.  Most  agreements
with major  suppliers  are  expressed  in letters of intent or blanket  purchase
orders covering one year or less. The Company is not materially dependent on any
single supplier.

      Approximately  60% of  all  items  processed  at  the  Melbourne,  Florida
facility  are  Dictaphone  products,  with the  remainder  comprised of contract
manufacturing. The Company's contract manufacturing program provides electronics
design  and  manufacturing  capabilities  for  customers  unaffiliated  with the
Company. In 1997, revenue from contract manufacturing was $42.8 million.


COMPETITION

      The  markets in which the Company  competes  are highly  competitive.  The
Company  competes  with  large  and  established   national  and   multinational
companies, as well as smaller start up companies,  in  all  of  its  operations.
Furthermore,  as products sold in the Company's  markets evolve toward  software
and  digital  technology,  new  competitors  with  expertise  in these areas are
entering the industry.  Some of these  competitors have, and new competitors may
have, greater resources than the Company.

      In the  dictation  market,  the Company faces two primary  systems product
competitors,  the Lanier division of Harris Corporation  ("Lanier"), and Sudbury
Systems,  Inc.  ("Sudbury").   Philips  Electronics  N.V.  and  Sony Corporation
represent competitors for desktop and portable products.


                                       6

<PAGE>


      Dictaphone  is a  leading  participant  in  the  communications  recording
product market in North America. Some of Dictaphone's North American competitors
include Racal Recorders Limited,  Seltronics, Inc., TEAC Corporation of America,
Nice  Systems  Ltd.   (loggers  and  quality   monitoring),   Magnasync  Moviola
Corporation,  Teknekron Infoswitch (quality monitoring) and Comverse Technology,
Inc.  (loggers).  Dictaphone  expects that,  with the  increasing  prevalence of
digital recording  technology in this market, a large number of product oriented
companies  will  attempt to enter this  marketplace  in both North  America  and
Europe.  The Company  believes that while these companies may have difficulty in
entering the communications recording systems market in the United States due to
the lack of customer base and the absence of a direct sales and service network,
their entry will increase  competitive  pressure.  The Company also  anticipates
that its existing and potential competitors will be introducing new and enhanced
products.


EMPLOYEES

      As of December 31, 1997,  the Company had 2,478  employees  worldwide,  of
which 2,167 were based in the United States.  As of December 31, 1997, less than
1% of the Company's  workers were  unionized.  Two union  contracts,  one in New
York,  New York  covering  13  employees  and one in  Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada
covering 6  employees,  expire on  September  1, 1998,  and  January  15,  1998,
respectively.  The Company is currently negotiating a new contract with Canadian
employees.  The Company  believes  that a new  contract  will be  obtained.  The
Company believes its relations with employees are satisfactory.


ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

      The  Company  operates a  manufacturing  and  service/distribution  center
facility in Melbourne,  Florida,  in addition to its numerous  sales and service
offices. The Company's executive offices are located in Stratford,  Connecticut.
In general,  the Company  believes that its properties are in good condition and
are  adequate  to meet its  current and  anticipated  needs for the  foreseeable
future.

      The following is additional  information  concerning the major  facilities
owned by the Company:

FACILITY                      PURPOSE                       SQUARE FOOTAGE
- ----------------------        -----------------------       --------------
Stratford, Connecticut        Headquarters                      138,000
Melbourne, Florida            Manufacturing                     120,160
Melbourne, Florida            Customer Service                  118,000
Toronto, Ontario, Canada      Canadian Corporate Office          14,146
Killwangen, Switzerland       Switzerland Sales Office           90,000

      In addition, the Company leases sales, service and distribution offices in
certain  countries  in which it has  operations,  including  157  offices in the
United  States,  20 offices in Canada,  13 offices in the United  Kingdom and an
additional office in Germany.


                                       7

<PAGE>


ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

      On February 14, 1995,  Pitney Bowes filed a complaint  against  Sudbury in
the United  States  District  Court for the  District  of  Connecticut  alleging
intentional  and wrongful  interference  with Pitney  Bowes's  plans to sell the
Company.  The complaint seeks damages and a declaratory judgment relating to the
validity of a patent  owned by Sudbury  entitled  "Rapid  Simultaneous  Multiple
Access  Information  Storage and Retrieval System" and the alleged  infringement
thereof by the Company.  Sudbury responded by answering the complaint and filing
a third-party  complaint  against the Company  alleging patent  infringement and
seeking  preliminary and permanent  injunctive  relief and treble  damages.  The
third-party  complaint  filed by  Sudbury  did not  quantify  the  amount of the
damages sought.  The litigation is in the discovery stage and the Company cannot
currently  make a  reasonable  estimate  of the amount of  damages  that will be
sought by Sudbury. Management believes that the Company has meritorious defenses
to the claims  against it.  Consequently,  the Company has not  provided for any
loss exposure in connection with this complaint. Additionally, regardless of the
outcome of this litigation, Pitney Bowes has agreed to defend this action and to
indemnify Dictaphone for any liabilities arising from such litigation.

      The  Company is subject to federal,  state and local laws and  regulations
concerning the environment,  and is currently  participating  in  administrative
proceedings as a participant in a group of  potentially  responsible  parties in
connection  with two third party  disposal  sites.  These  proceedings  are at a
preliminary  stage,  for  which it is  impossible  to  reasonably  estimate  the
potential costs of remediation,  the timing and extent of remedial actions which
may be required by governmental authorities, and the amount of the liability, if
any,  of the  Company  alone or in  relation  to that of any  other  responsible
parties.  When it is possible  to make a  reasonable  estimate of the  Company's
liability  with  respect  to  such  a  matter,  a  provision  will  be  made  as
appropriate.  Additionally,  the Company has settled and paid its  liability  at
three other third party disposal  sites.  At a fourth site, the Company has paid
approximately  $10,000  for its  share of the  costs of the  first  phase of the
cleanup of the site and management  believes that it has no continuing  material
liability for any later phases of the cleanup. Consequently, management believes
that its future  liability,  if any,  for these four sites is not  material.  In
addition,  regardless of the outcome of such matters, Pitney Bowes has agreed to
indemnify the Company in connection with retained environmental  liabilities and
for  breaches  of  the  environmental  representations  and  warranties  in  the
Acquisition Agreement, subject to certain limitations.

      The  Company  is a  defendant  in a  number  of  additional  lawsuits  and
administrative  proceedings,  none of which will, in the opinion of  management,
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  consolidated financial position
of results of operations.

      The  Company  does  not  believe  that  the  ultimate  resolution  of  the
litigation, administrative proceedings and environmental matters described above
in  the  aggregate  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
consolidated financial position of results of operations.


ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

      No matters were submitted to a vote of security  holders during the fourth
quarter of 1997.


                                     PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
           STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

      There is currently no established  trading market for the Company's common
stock,  $.01 par value per share (the  "Common  Stock").  As of March 15,  1998,
there were 12 holders of record of the Common Stock.

      Under the terms of the Company's Credit  Agreement,  dated August 7, 1995,
as modified by four  amendments to Credit  Agreement,  dated June 28, 1996, June
27,  1997,  July 21,  1997 and  November  14,  1997  (collectively,  the "Credit
Agreement"),  with a syndicate of financial  institutions for whom Bankers Trust
Company is 


                                       8


<PAGE>

the Administrative Agent and NationsBank,  N.A. (Carolinas) is the Documentation
Agent,  the Company and Dictaphone U.S. are restricted from paying  dividends on
their capital  stock.  In addition,  under the terms of an Indenture  (the "Note
Indenture")  between the Company,  Dictaphone U.S. and Shawmut Bank Connecticut,
National  Association,  relating to the Company's  11-3/4%  Senior  Subordinated
Notes Due 2005 (the "Notes"),  the Company and certain of its  subsidiaries  are
restricted  from paying  dividends on their  capital  stock.  In addition,  as a
holding company,  the Company's  ability to pay cash dividends is also dependent
on the  earnings  and cash  flows of its  subsidiaries  and the  ability  of its
subsidiaries to make funds available to the Company for such purpose.

      The Company  presently  intends to retain earnings to fund working capital
and for general corporate purposes,  and, therefore,  does not intend to pay any
cash dividends on shares of Common Stock in the foreseeable  future. The payment
of  future  cash  dividends,  if any,  would be made only  from  assets  legally
available therefore, and would also depend on the Company's financial condition,
results  of   operations,   current  and   anticipated   capital   requirements,
restrictions under then-existing  indebtedness and other factors deemed relevant
by the Company's Board of Directors.

      On November 20, 1997, the Company sold 3.5 million shares  of  its  Common
Stock to Stonington  Capital  Appreciation 1994 Fund, L.P.  ("Stonington").  The
sale  was  effected  in  reliance  upon  the  exemption  from  the  registration
requirements provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
on the basis that such transaction did not involve a public offering. There were
no underwriters employed in connection with such sale. The proceeds derived from
such  sale were  used by the  Company  to repay  amounts  outstanding  under the
Company's Revolving Credit Facility as well as fees associated with the issuance
of the Tranche C Term Loan.

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

      Set forth below is the selected consolidated  financial data of Dictaphone
Corporation  (Successor Company) at December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996, for
the years then ended,  and for the twenty week period  ended  December 31, 1995.
Also set forth below is the selected combined  financial data of the Predecessor
Company for the thirty two week period ended August 11, 1995 and for each of the
two years in the period  ended  December  31,  1994.  Certain  amounts have been
reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

      The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with "Item 7. --
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations"  and the financial  statements and notes included  elsewhere in this
Report.

      The capital  structure and accounting  basis of the assets and liabilities
of the  Company as of August 12,  1995 and  thereafter  differ from those of the
Predecessor  Company in prior periods as a result of the Acquisition.  Financial
data of the  Predecessor  Company  for  periods  prior to  August  12,  1995 are
presented on a historical cost basis. Financial data of the Company as of August
12, 1995 and thereafter  reflect the  Acquisition  under the purchase  method of
accounting,  under which the  purchase  price has been  allocated  to assets and
liabilities  based upon their  estimated  fair values.  Accordingly,  amounts at
December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995, and for the years and twenty week period then
ended should not be compared to periods prior thereto.
 
                                      9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      PREDECESSOR COMPANY                  SUCCESSOR COMPANY
                                  -------------------------  --------------------------------------------
                                  YEARS ENDED    32 WEEKS     20 WEEKS         YEAR             YEAR 
                                  DECEMBER 31,     ENDED        ENDED          ENDED            ENDED    
                                  ------------   AUGUST 11,  DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31, 
                                  1993    1994     1995          1995          1996             1997
                                 ------  ------  ----------  ------------   ------------     ------------
<S>                              <C>     <C>        <C>       <C>             <C>              <C> 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                          (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)

Total revenue                    $343.2  $346.8     $202.1    $150.6          $332.5           $340.0
Cost of sales, rentals and 
  support services                179.2   178.0      107.6      90.1(c)        181.1(c)         194.4(c)
Selling and administrative         96.3    96.0       60.4      62.4(d)        149.2(d)         155.5(d)
Research and development 
  (net of software 
  capitalization)                  10.6    12.3        7.0       4.6            14.2             14.7
Operating profit (loss)            57.1    60.5       27.1      (6.5)          (12.0)           (24.6)
Net interest (income) 
  expense and other                (1.2)   (1.0)      (1.4)     16.1(e)         41.6(e)          44.7(e)
Income (loss) before 
  effect of changes in 
  accounting                       35.0    36.6       17.1     (13.9)          (34.7)           (68.2)
Net income (loss)                  35.0    33.8(b)    17.1     (13.9)          (34.7)           (68.2)
Stock dividend on PIK 
  Preferred Stock                   ---     ---        ---        .8             2.3              2.7
Net loss applicable to 
  Common Stock                      ---     ---        ---     (14.7)          (37.0)           (70.9)

OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(a)                        $ 65.3  $ 68.6     $ 32.0    $ 32.3          $ 54.2          $  48.2
Depreciation and 
  amortization                      8.2     8.1        4.9      39.1            65.8             62.2
Capital expenditures                5.0     5.9        5.5        .8             6.3              6.9
Software capitalization             ---     ---        2.5       1.7             4.7              6.2
EBITDA margin                      19.0%   19.8%      15.8%     21.5%           16.3%            14.2%

BALANCE SHEET DATA
 (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital                  $ 59.2  $ 64.2               $ 43.3          $ 33.0          $  51.2
Total assets                      241.5   268.5                550.7           504.8            470.1
Long term debt                      ---     ---                350.0           352.6            343.6
Total liabilities                  66.7    70.4                456.2           445.4            444.8
Stockholders' equity              174.8   198.1                 94.5            59.4             25.3

- --------------------
</TABLE>

(a)  EBITDA is defined as income  before  effect of changes in  accounting  plus
     interest,  income taxes,  depreciation,  amortization and other significant
     non-cash, non-recurring charges. EBITDA is presented because it is a widely
     accepted  financial  indicator of a company's  ability to incur and service
     debt.  However,  EBITDA  should  not be  considered  in  isolation  or as a
     substitute  for net income or cash flow data  prepared in  accordance  with
     generally  accepted  accounting  principles  or as a measure of a company's
     profitability or liquidity,  and is not necessarily comparable to similarly
     titled measures of other companies.
(b)  Effective  January 1, 1994,  the Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial
     Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS")  No.  112,  which  resulted  in a  one-time
     non-cash,  after-tax  charge of $2.8  million  (net of  approximately  $1.9
     million of income taxes).
(c)  Cost of sales and rentals for the twenty weeks ended  December 31, 1995 and
     years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 includes $14.7 million, $8.8 million
     and $2.4 million,  respectively,  of charges related to the amortization of
     inventory  write-up and  depreciation  associated with purchase  accounting
     adjustments.
(d)  Selling and administrative for the twenty weeks ended December 31, 1995 and
     years  ended  December  31, 1996 and 1997  includes  $21.8  million,  $46.2
     million and $41.5 million,  respectively,  of non-cash purchase  accounting
     charges.
(e)  Includes  $.9 million,  $5.3 million and $6.3 million of non-cash  interest
     expense from  amortization of deferred  financing fees for the twenty weeks
     ended  December  31,  1995 and  years  ended  December  31,  1996 and 1997,
     respectively.

                                       10

<PAGE>

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
           CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

     On April 25, 1995, the Company entered into the Acquisition  Agreement with
Pitney Bowes for the purpose of the Acquisition. On August 11, 1995, the Company
acquired  the  Predecessor  Company  for  $450.0  million,  subject  to  certain
post-closing  adjustments as set forth in the Acquisition Agreement. On March 6,
1996,  the Company  and Pitney  Bowes  reached  agreement  as to final  purchase
adjustments.  Total  purchase  adjustments  amounted  to  $12.2  million  for an
aggregate purchase price of $462.2 million.

     The following  discussion  should be read in conjunction with the financial
statements and accompanying  notes included in "Item 8. -- Financial  Statements
and Supplementary Data."

     The capital structure and accounting basis of the assets and liabilities of
the  Company  as of August  12,  1995 and  thereafter  differ  from those of the
Predecessor  Company in prior periods as a result of the Acquisition.  Financial
data of the  Predecessor  Company  for  periods  prior to  August  12,  1995 are
presented on a historical cost basis. Financial data of the Company as of August
12, 1995 and thereafter  reflect the  Acquisition  under the purchase  method of
accounting,  under which the  purchase  price has been  allocated  to assets and
liabilities  based upon their  estimated fair values.  Certain amounts have been
reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

     To  facilitate  the  discussion  below of the  twelve  month  period  ended
December 31, 1996 against the results of operations for the same period of 1995,
the historical  operations of the Successor Company and Predecessor Company have
been combined,  since the Acquisition  occurred thirty-two weeks into the twelve
month  period  ended  December  31,  1995.  

                                                          TWELVE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             DECEMBER  31,
                                                      --------------------------
                                                        1995     1996     1997
                                                        ----     ----     ---- 
                                                             (IN MILLIONS)

Net revenue.................................          $ 352.7  $ 332.5  $ 340.0

Cost of sales, rentals and support services.            197.7    181.1    194.4
Selling and administrative expense..........            122.8    149.2    155.5
Research and development....................             11.6     14.2     14.7
                                                      -------  -------  -------
     Operating profit (loss)................             20.6    (12.0)   (24.6)
                                                      -------  -------  -------

Net interest expense and other..............             14.7     41.6     44.7
Income tax provision (benefit)..............              2.7    (18.9)    (1.1)
                                                      -------  -------  -------
Net income (loss)...........................             $3.2   $(34.7)  $(68.2)
                                                      =======  =======   ======


                                       11

<PAGE>


                                                          TWELVE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             DECEMBER  31,
                                                      --------------------------
                                                        1995     1996     1997
                                                        ----     ----     ---- 
                                                             (IN MILLIONS)

Revenue:
   Sales:
   Integrated Voice Systems.................          $  N/A   $ 49.1   $  45.7
   Integrated Health Systems................             N/A     31.4      37.4
                                                      ------   ------   -------
      Total U.S. Voice Systems..............            92.6     80.5      83.1
   Communications Recording Systems.........            60.8     57.7      59.3
   Customer Service Parts...................            19.6     18.4      18.0
   International and Dealer Operations......            43.5     40.4      40.7
   Rentals..................................             2.0      2.1       1.8
                                                      ------   ------   -------
      Product sales and rentals.............           218.5    199.1     202.9
                                                      ======   ======   =======

   Contract Manufacturing...................            44.5     40.6      42.8

   Support service:
   Customer Service.........................            74.7     80.0      81.3
   Application and Training Specialists.....             1.4      1.3       2.6
   International and Dealer Operations......            13.6     11.5      10.4
                                                      ------   ------   -------
      Total support service.................            89.7     92.8      94.3
                                                      ------   ------   -------

Total revenue...............................          $352.7   $332.5   $ 340.0
                                                      ======   ======   =======

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  1997 COMPARED TO 1996

     Total revenue  increased 2.3% to $340.0 million in 1997 from $332.5 million
in 1996.  This  increase  in revenue is  attributable  to higher  product  sales
revenue from I.H.S.,  Communications  Recording  Systems  ("C.R.S.")  and higher
revenue  from  Customer  Service  (including  sale of  parts),  Application  and
Training Specialists ("A.T.S."),  and Contract Manufacturing,  offset in part by
lower  revenue  from I.V.S.  and  International  and Dealer  Operations  support
services.

     I.V.S. revenue declined 6.9% to $45.7 million in 1997 due to lower billings
of desktops,  small digital systems and Straight Talk(TM).  I.V.S. order backlog
increased  51.6%  during  1997  to $6.5  million.  Installations  of  Enterprise
Express(TM)  which  was  launched  in the  first  half of 1997,  and  went  into
production in June 1997,  accounted for I.H.S.  revenue  growth which  increased
19.1% to $37.4 million.  I.H.S.  orders which  increased  18.7% to $40.8 million
also  reflect  the  impact  of  Enterprise  Express(TM).  I.H.S.  order  backlog
increased 24.4% to $11.8 million. C.R.S. revenue increased 2.8% to $59.3 million
due to increased  Guardian(TM)  installations.  C.R.S.  orders increased 5.1% to
$59.3  million.  C.R.S.  order  backlog  declined  5.5% in 1997 to $7.5 million.
Customer  Service  revenue  (including sale of parts) grew 0.9% to $99.3 million
due to increased  installation  and third party  maintenance  revenue  partially
offset by lower proprietary product service contract revenue and hourly revenue.
A.T.S.  revenue  increased  by $1.3  million to $2.6  million  due to  increased
customer  training  provided in support of I.V.S.,  I.H.S. and C.R.S.  products.
Sales and service revenue from  International and Dealer Operations  declined by
1.7% to $51.1 million due to lower  service and desktop and portable  revenue as
well as $1.3 million of unfavorable currency exchange. Orders from International
and Dealer Operations increased 4.9% to $41.0 million.  International and Dealer
backlog declined 28.8% in 1997 to $2.0 million.  Contract  Manufacturing revenue
increased  5.5% to $42.8  million.  The  Company  expects a  weakening  of total
backlog and sales activity in the first quarter of 1998 for I.V.S. and C.R.S. as
early trends in the first  quarter  indicate  lower  demand for these  products.
Early trends also indicate that I.H.S.  sales activity  remains strong as orders
for its Enterprise Express(TM) product continue to grow.


                                       12

<PAGE>

      Cost of sales,  rentals  and  support  services  increased  7.3% to $194.4
million (57.2% of total revenue)  versus $181.1 million (54.5% of total revenue)
for 1996. Excluding additional depreciation and amortization expenses associated
with purchase accounting adjustments related to the Acquisition,  cost of sales,
rentals and support  services as a percentage of revenue would have increased by
4.7 percentage  points to 56.5% due primarily to non-recurring  non-cash charges
of $14.9  million  associated  with the provision for excess field service parts
and stock related to the Company's Digital  Express(TM) and Records  Express(TM)
products.  In connection  with the launch of Enterprise  Express(TM)  which went
into production in June 1997, the Company  provided for excess service parts and
field  stock,  as well as the  prepayment  of  inventory  associated  with those
products  that  the  Enterprise   Express(TM)  product  replaces.   Lower  price
realization for C.R.S.  digital loggers,  I.H.S.  digital and records management
systems and I.V.S.  desktops and portables  also  contributed  to higher cost of
sales, rentals and support services as a percentage of revenue.

      Selling and administrative expenses (including amortization of intangibles
which  included a $5.4 million  non-cash  charge to write down patent assets and
associated goodwill to their fair value) increased 4.3% to $155.5 million (45.7%
of  revenue)  from  $149.2  million  (44.9%  of  revenue)  for  1996.  Excluding
additional  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  associated  with  purchase
accounting  adjustments  related to the  Acquisition  of $41.5 million and $46.2
million for 1997 and 1996,  respectively,  selling and  administrative  expenses
expressed  as a percent of  revenue,  would  have  increased  by 2.5  percentage
points.  This increase is  attributable  to a $2.3 million  severance  provision
associated with the Company's  efforts to reduce its cost structure  through the
elimination  of over 90  full-time  positions,  and a  non-cash  charge  of $1.0
million to write down capitalized software to its estimated realizable value. In
addition,  higher I.H.S. and C.R.S.  field selling and home office sales support
expenses,  increased A.T.S.  training costs, higher trade show,  advertising and
marketing   expenses,   and   increased   legal/settlement   costs,   management
compensation  and employee benefit costs  contributed to this expense  increase.
I.V.S. and International expense reductions partially offset the increase.

      Research and development  expenses of $14.7 million (7.2% of product sales
and rental revenue) increased 4.0% from $14.1 million (7.1% of product sales and
rental revenue), reflecting increased staffing and compensation.

      The Company  recorded an operating  loss of $24.6  million  (7.2% of total
revenue) for 1997 compared to an operating  loss of $12.0 million (3.6% of total
revenue) for 1996. Excluding the impact of purchase accounting  adjustments from
both 1997 and 1996  discussed  above,  operating  profit would have  declined by
55.2% due to higher costs associated with the charge for inventory obsolescence,
the provision for severance,  the charge to  capitalized  software and increased
operating expenses.

  1996 COMPARED TO 1995

      Total revenue decreased 5.7% to $332.5 million in 1996 from $352.7 million
in 1995. This decrease in revenue was  attributable to declines in sales revenue
from U.S. Voice Systems ("U.S.V.S."),  C.R.S., Contract Manufacturing, and lower
revenue  from  International  and  Dealer  Operations,  offset in part by higher
Customer Service revenue.

      U.S.V.S.  revenue  declined 13.0% to $80.5 million due to lower demand for
desktops  and  portable  products and lower  installations  of voice  processing
systems.  U.S.V.S.  order backlog increased by $3.1 million during 1996 to $13.8
million.  Sales revenue from C.R.S.  declined 5.1% to $57.7 million due to lower
Prolog(TM) installations,  and the presence, in the fourth quarter of 1995, of a
significant one-time  installation.  C.R.S. order backlog declined 14.2% to $7.9
million.  Sales revenue from Contract  Manufacturing  (including sales to Pitney
Bowes)  declined 8.9% to $40.6 million  principally due to lower sales to Pitney
Bowes.  Total revenue from  International  and Dealer  Operations  declined 8.9%
versus  1995.  Lower  sales and  service  revenue in the United  Kingdom  offset
improvement in C.R.S. sales revenue in Canada,  Switzerland and Germany. Revenue
from Customer Service (including sales of parts) increased 4.3% to $98.4 million
due to increased  proprietary  product service  contract revenue which increased
4.3% as well as higher third party maintenance revenue.


                                       13

<PAGE>


      Cost of  sales,  rentals  and  support  services  declined  8.4% to $181.1
million (54.5% of total revenue)  versus $197.7 million (56.1% of total revenue)
for 1995. Excluding additional  depreciation and amortization expense related to
purchase accounting  adjustments associated with the Acquisition of $8.8 million
and $14.7 million from 1996 and 1995,  respectively,  cost of sales, rentals and
support  services  would have declined as a percent of revenue to 51.8% in 1996.
This decline is attributable to lower inventory  adjustments and reduced content
of low margin Contract Manufacturing  revenue,  partially offset by lower C.R.S.
price realization.

      Selling and  administrative  expenses  increased  21.5% to $149.2  million
(44.9% of total  revenue) from $122.8 million (34.8% of total revenue) for 1995.
Excluding  additional  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  associated with
purchase accounting  adjustments related to the Acquisition of $46.2 million and
$21.8  million  for 1996 and  1995,  respectively,  selling  and  administrative
expenses would have increased by 2.0%.  This increase is  attributable to higher
sales  development,  marketing and advertising  expenses,  higher  international
expenses for sales office  expansion,  and a $1.1 million charge associated with
the  planned  reorganization  of  United  States  field  personnel  and  related
severance,  partially offset by reduced U.S.V.S.  compensation-related  expenses
and lower employee benefit costs.

      Research and development  expenses  increased 22.0% to $14.2 million (4.3%
of total revenue) from $11.6 million (3.3% of total revenue) in 1995, reflecting
the impact of increased staffing and compensation.

      The Company  recorded an operating loss of $12.0 million for 1996 compared
to an operating  profit of $20.6  million for 1995.  Excluding the impact of the
purchase  accounting  adjustments  from  both  1996  and 1995  discussed  above,
operating  profit  would have  declined by 24.9%.  This  reduction  reflects the
impact of lower revenue and higher expenses.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

      The  Company's  liquidity  requirements  consists  primarily  of scheduled
payments of principal and interest on its  indebtedness,  working  capital needs
and capital expenditures. At December 31, 1997, the Company had outstanding term
loans of $134.0 million (the "Term Loans") and loans of $9.0 million outstanding
under the  $40.0  million  revolving  credit  facility  (the  "Revolving  Credit
Facility"),  and $200.0  million  of senior  subordinated  notes (the  "Notes").
Availability  under the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 1997 was $31.0
million.  Scheduled annual principal payments will be $0.6 million in 1998, 1999
and 2000.  There are no scheduled  reductions in the Revolving  Credit  Facility
over the next five years.

      On November  14,  1997,  the  Company  and the  lenders  executed a fourth
amendment to the Credit Agreement.  The amendment permitted the Company to issue
a new Tranche C Term Loan (the "Tranche C Loan") in the amount of $62.8 million,
the  proceeds of which were used by the Company to  extinguish  the  outstanding
balance of the Tranche A Term Loan (the "Tranche A Loan") and to prepay  certain
required principal payments on the outstanding  amounts under the Tranche B Term
Loan (the "Tranche B Loan").  The Tranche C Loan requires  amortization equal to
1% of the total loan amount annually  through 2001, 30% in 2002 and 66% in 2003.
In addition,  certain of the financial  covenants in the Credit  Agreement  were
revised.  In the fourth quarter,  the Company recorded a pre-tax non-cash charge
of $2.1 million  associated with the write-off of the unamortized  debt issuance
costs resulting from the early  extinguishment of the outstanding  balance under
the Tranche A Loan.

      In connection  with the fourth  amendment,  the Company sold an additional
$35.0  million  shares of Common Stock to certain of its existing  stockholders,
the  proceeds  of which  were  used to repay  all  amounts  outstanding  under a
facility (the "New  Facility")  which was  established on August 1, 1997, and to
pay down the Revolving Credit Facility.

      In connection with the terms of the Credit Agreement,  the Company entered
into interest  rate swap  agreements in November  1995,  effective  February 16,
1996, with an aggregate  notional  principal amount  equivalent to $75.0 million
maturing on February 16, 1999. The swap effectively converts that portion of the
Company's  Term Loans to a fixed rate  component  of 5.8%;  thus,  reducing  the
impact of changes in interest  rates,  converting the total  effective  interest
rate on fifty  percent of the initial  outstanding  Term Loans to 9.3%. No funds
under the swap 


                                       14


<PAGE>


agreements are actually borrowed or are to be repaid. Amounts due to or from the
counterparties  are  reflected in interest  expense in the periods in which they
accrue.  The fair value of the  interest  rate swaps as of December 31, 1997 was
unfavorable $0.1 million, based on dealer quotes.

      In addition,  the Credit Agreement  contains  covenants that significantly
limit or prohibit, among other things, the ability of the Company and Dictaphone
(U.S.) to incur  indebtedness,  make  prepayments of certain  indebtedness,  pay
dividends  on  Common  Stock,  make  investments,  engage in  transactions  with
stockholders and affiliates, create liens, sell assets and engage in mergers and
consolidations and requires that the Company maintain certain financial ratios.

      The  Company  had  $200.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of Notes
outstanding  as of December 31, 1997. The Notes are  subordinated  to the Credit
Agreement and other senior indebtedness,  as defined in the Note Indenture.  The
Notes  contain  covenants  similar to the Credit  Agreement and provide for each
noteholder to have the right to require that the Company repurchase the Notes at
101% of the  principal  amount  upon a change of control (as defined in the Note
Indenture).  The Notes bear interest of 11-3/4% per annum, payable semi-annually
on each  February 1 and August 1. The Notes  mature on August 1, 2005.  The fair
value of the Notes at December 31, 1997 was favorable  $6.0 million,  based upon
dealer quotes.

      Working  capital  increased by $18.2  million  primarily  due to increased
trade  receivables.  The  increase in  receivables  was due to improved  revenue
performance  and a higher mix of digital  systems and  communications  recording
revenue in the fourth  quarter of 1997,  coupled  with an increase in days sales
outstanding.

      Capital  expenditures for 1997 totaled $6.9 million.  The Company does not
expect  that the  limitation  on capital  expenditures  contained  in the Credit
Agreement will limit, in any material  respects,  the Company's  ability to fund
capital expenditures.

      The Company's quarterly revenues and other operating results have been and
will  continue  to be affected  by a wide  variety of factors  that could have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  performance  during  any
particular quarter.  Such factors include,  but are not limited to, the level of
orders that are  received and shipped by the Company in any given  quarter,  the
rescheduling and  cancellation of orders by customers,  availability and cost of
materials,  the  Company's  ability  to enhance  its  existing  products  and to
develop,  manufacture,  and successfully  introduce and market new products, new
product developments by the Company's competitors, market acceptance of products
of both the  Company  and its  competitors,  competitive  pressures  on  prices,
significant  damage to or prolonged  delay in operations  at the Company's  sole
manufacturing facility, and interest rate and foreign exchange fluctuations. The
Company has  introduced a number of new  products in its target  markets in 1997
and plans to introduce additional products in 1998 which are expected to enhance
future revenues and liquidity of the Company. However, there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to implement its plans to introduce  such products
in a timely  fashion,  or that such products will meet the  expectations  of the
Company for either  revenues or  profitability.  The Company  believes that cash
flows  from  operating  activities,  the  successful  introduction  of  its  new
products,  refinancing  including  the  issuance  of a Tranche  C loan,  the New
Equity,  and provisions  under the fourth amendment for the sale or financing of
certain  assets,  as well as its ability to borrow  under the  Revolving  Credit
Facility,  will be  adequate to meet the  Company's  debt  service  obligations,
working  capital  needs and planned  capital  expenditures  for the  foreseeable
future.

      As  of  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  has  tax  net  operating  loss
carryforwards ("NOL's") of approximately $87.9 million, which begin to expire in
the year 2010. Statement of Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income
Taxes"  ("SFAS 109")  requires that the tax benefit of such NOL's be recorded as
an asset to the extent that management assesses the utilization of such NOL's to
be "more likely than not". Management evaluates the realizability of its defined
tax  assets  on a  quarterly  basis and  considers  historical  trends,  current
circumstances and estimates of future taxable income. Management has determined,
based on the Company's history of prior operating results, current circumstances
and its  expectations  for the future,  that taxable  income of the Company will
more  likely not be  sufficient  to fully  utilize the net  deferred  tax assets
recorded as of December 31, 1997,  prior to the earliest  expiration in the year
2010 and has established a valuation  reserve of $24.1 million against the $33.3
million of deferred tax assets.


                                       15

<PAGE>
      A  reconciliation  of  the  Company's  loss  before  taxes  for  financial
statement  purposes to taxable  loss for the years ended  December  31, 1996 and
1997 is as follows (in thousands).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEAR ENDED          YEAR ENDED
                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1996    DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                            -----------------    -----------------
<S>                                                               <C>                <C>      
Loss before taxes for financial statement purposes                $(53,591)          $(69,282)

Differences between loss for financial statement 
  purposes and taxable loss:
State income taxes - current portion.........                        1,701             2,692
Permanent differences:
   Goodwill..................................                        1,158             1,375
   All other permanent items.................                        2,043             4,235
Temporary differences:
   Intangible amortization...................                       20,959            21,309
   All other temporary differences (net).....                          618             6,333
                                                                  --------           -------
      Total differences......................                      $26,478           $35,944
                                                                  --------           -------
Taxable loss.................................                     $(27,113)         $(33,338)
                                                                  ========          ========
</TABLE>
      In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income"  ("SFAS 130") which requires a statement of  comprehensive  income to be
included in the financial  statements for fiscal years  beginning after December
15,  1997.  The Company will include  such  statement  beginning  with the first
quarter of 1998.

      In  addition,  in June  1997,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards No. 131,  "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and
Related  Information"  ("SFAS  131").  SFAS 131 requires  disclosure  of certain
information  about  operating  segments  and about  products and  services,  the
geographic areas in which a company  operates,  and their major  customers.  The
Company is  presently  in the process of  evaluating  the effect  which this new
standard will have on disclosures in the Company's financial  statements and the
required information will be reflected in the Company's financial statements for
the year ended December 31, 1998.

      The Company is actively  engaged in resolving  issues  associated with the
Year 2000  challenge.  In 1997,  the  Company  began a review of its  systems to
identify  Year 2000  issues  and is on  schedule  to  complete  its  assessment,
modifications  and testing of its strategic  business  systems in 1998 and 1999.
The Company is also  assessing  the scope of the Year 2000 issue in its physical
plant and  infrastructure and will begin corrective actions in 1998. The Company
is also in communication  with its major customers and suppliers to resolve Year
2000 interface issues. While the Company anticipates success in this cooperative
effort, it cannot guarantee the performance of third parties.

      Additionally,  the  Company  has  performed  assessments  of  its  current
products.  Certain  products  will require  engineering  changes which are being
developed. The Company believes most of its currently sold products will be Year
2000 compliant provided they have the appropriate engineering upgrades and is in
the process of  communicating  the Year 2000 status of such current  products to
customers.  The Company  does not  currently  plan to develop  modifications  to
certain of its older  products to ensure Year 2000  compliance and is evaluating
plans to notify affected maintenance customers of this plan.

      The Company  expects to utilize both  internal  and external  resources to
resolve  Year 2000  issues.  The total  cost to the  Company  of these Year 2000
compliance  activities has not been and is not anticipated to be material to its
financial  position or results of operations in any given year.  These costs and
the date on which the Company plans to complete the Year 2000  modification  and
testing processes are based on management's  best estimates,  which were derived
utilizing  numerous   assumptions  of  future  events  including  the  continued
availability  of certain  resources,  third party  modification  plans and other
factors.  However,  there  can be no  guarantee  that  these  estimates  will be
achieved and actual  results could differ from those plans.  The overall cost of
Year 2000 projects is not expected to be material based upon current estimates.

                                       16

<PAGE>


      Failure by the Company  and/or vendors and customers to complete Year 2000
compliance  work in a timely  manner  would  have a material  adverse  effect on
certain of the Company's operations.

      The  Company  may,  from  time to time,  provide  estimates  as to  future
performance.  Such estimates would be  "forward-looking"  statements  within the
meaning of Section  27A of the  Securities  Act of 1933 and  Section  21E of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  Because  such  statements  include  risks and
uncertainties,  actual  results  may  differ  materially  from  those  estimates
provided.  The  Company  undertakes  no  duty to  update  such  forward  looking
statements.  Factors that could cause actual results to differ from such forward
looking statements include,  but are not limited to, those previously  discussed
herein.


ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

      Not currently applicable to the Company.


ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       QUARTER ENDED  QUARTER ENDED  QUARTER ENDED  QUARTER ENDED
                         MARCH 31,      JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,
                            1997          1997           1997           1997
                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>              <C>           <C>    
     1997
     ----
Net revenue.........      $81,167      $79,941          $87,716       $91,218
Cost of sales, rentals 
  and support services     42,815       55,630           46,129        49,858
Net loss ...........      (7,834)      (19,080)(a)       (6,023)      (35,285)(b)
Net loss applicable to
 Common Stock.......      $(8,469)     $(19,758)        $(6,704)     $(35,990)


                       QUARTER ENDED  QUARTER ENDED  QUARTER ENDED  QUARTER ENDED
                         MARCH 31,      JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,
                           1996           1996           1996           1996
                       -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
     1996
     ----
Net revenue.........      $80,459      $85,252          $83,447      $ 83,310
Cost of sales, rentals
 and support services      46,874       45,224           45,394        43,656
Net loss ...........      (11,430)      (7,890)          (8,505)       (6,835)
Net loss applicable to
 Common Stock.......     $(11,955)     $(8,497)         $(9,098)      $(7,437)
- ---------------------

</TABLE>

(a)   Net loss  includes  after tax charges of $6.7 million for digital  product
      obsolescence and $1.5 million for severance.

(b)   Net loss  includes  after tax charges of $3.8 million to write down patent
      assets,  associated goodwill,  and capitalized software,  $2.6 million for
      digital  product  obsolescence,  and $24.1 million to establish a deferred
      tax valuation reserve.


                                       17

<PAGE>



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



Board of Directors and Stockholders
Dictaphone Corporation

We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  Dictaphone
Corporation  and  Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for
the years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and the twenty  week  period  ended
December 31, 1995. Our audits also included the financial  statement schedule as
of and for the years  ended  December  31, 1997 and 1996 and for the twenty week
period ended December 31, 1995,  listed in the Index at Item 14. These financial
statements  and  financial  statement  schedule  are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an  opinion  on the
consolidated  financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our
audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,   the  financial  position  of  Dictaphone  Corporation  and
Subsidiaries at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of their  operations
and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and the twenty
week period  ended  December  31, 1995 in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule as
of and for the years ended  December 31, 1997 and 1996,  and for the twenty week
period  ended  December  31,  1995,  when  considered  in  relation to the basic
consolidated  financial  statements  taken as a whole,  presents  fairly  in all
material respects the information set forth therein.



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Stamford, Connecticut
March 2, 1998


                                       18

<PAGE>

                   DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (SUCCESSOR COMPANY)

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                  (Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  DECEMBER 31, 1996   DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                  -----------------   -----------------
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>     
ASSETS
Current assets:
   Cash                                                  $ 7,927            $ 10,277
   Accounts receivable, less allowance of
    $1,339 and $810, respectively                         53,701              71,939
   Inventories                                            56,840              48,779
   Other current assets                                    9,833              11,675
                                                         -------            --------
      Total current assets                               128,301             142,670
Property, plant and equipment, net                        37,008              35,331
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated
 amortization of $6,235 and $12,517, respectively         14,255              10,900
Intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of 
  $58,177 and $99,439, respectively                      271,022             229,322
Prepaid repurchases, leased equipment                      5,163                 776
Other assets                                              49,086              51,061
                                                        --------            --------
      Total assets                                      $504,835            $470,060
                                                        ========            ========


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable                                     $  7,634            $ 10,940
   Interest payable                                       10,342              10,144
   Accrued liabilities                                    29,961              32,373
   Advance billings                                       34,808              37,184
   Current portion of long-term debt                      12,512                 795
                                                        --------            --------
      Total current liabilities                           95,257              91,436
Long-term debt                                           340,086             342,816
Other liabilities                                         10,114              10,547
                                                        --------            --------
      Total liabilities                                  445,457             444,799
                                                        --------            --------

Commitments, contingencies and concentration of 
  risks (Note 12)

Stockholders' equity:
   Preferred  stock ($.01 par value;  10,000,000  
     shares  authorized;  1,500,000 shares of 14%
     PIK  perpetual preferred stock issued and 
     outstanding, liquidation value at 
     December 31, 1997, $20,841)                          18,142              20,841
   Common stock ($.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares
     authorized; 9,480,000 and 12,952,000 shares 
     outstanding at December 31, 1996 and 1997, 
     respectively)                                            95                 130
   Notes receivable from stockholders                     (1,052)               (831)
   Additional paid-in capital                             94,905             129,870
   Treasury stock, at cost                                  (200)               (480)
   Accumulated deficit                                   (51,676)           (122,597)
   Accumulated translation adjustment                       (836)             (1,672)
                                                        --------            --------
      Total stockholders' equity                          59,378              25,261
                                                        --------            --------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity        $504,835            $470,060
                                                        ========            ========
</TABLE>
              See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       19

<PAGE>



                   DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (SUCCESSOR COMPANY)


                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 (Dollars in thousands, except per share amount)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                           TWENTY WEEKS ENDED      YEAR ENDED            YEAR ENDED
                                           DECEMBER 31, 1995    DECEMBER 31, 1996    DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                           ------------------   -----------------    -----------------
<S>                                             <C>                 <C>                  <C>   
   Revenues:
      Product sales and rentals                 $ 96,014            $199,024             $202,894
      Contract manufacturing sales                18,892              40,614               42,864
      Support services                            35,686              92,830               94,284
                                                --------            --------             --------
         Total revenue                           150,592             332,468              340,042
                                                --------            --------             --------

   Costs and expenses:

      Cost of sales, rentals and support
         services                                 90,126             181,148              194,432

      Selling and administrative                  45,409             108,008              114,263

      Amortization of intangibles                 16,968              41,209               41,262

      Research and development                     4,587              14,135               14,705
                                                --------            --------             --------

   Operating loss                                 (6,498)            (12,032)             (24,620)

   Interest expense                               15,850              42,897               44,438

   Other expense (income) - net                      232              (1,338)                 224
                                                --------            --------             --------

   Loss before income taxes                      (22,580)            (53,591)             (69,282)

   Income tax benefit                              8,706              18,931                1,060
                                                --------            --------             --------

   Net loss                                      (13,874)            (34,660)             (68,222)

      Stock dividends on PIK Preferred Stock         815               2,327                2,699
                                                --------            --------             --------

      Net loss applicable to Common Stock       $(14,689)           $(36,987)            $(70,921)
                                                ========            ========             ========

</TABLE>



          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       20
<PAGE>
                       DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (SUCCESSOR COMPANY)

                          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
                                 (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    TWENTY WEEKS ENDED       YEAR ENDED          YEAR ENDED
                                                     DECEMBER 31, 1995   DECEMBER 31, 1996    DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                    ------------------   -----------------    -----------------
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>                  <C>        
Operating activities:
   Net loss                                             $  (13,874)         $  (34,660)          $  (68,222)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss 
     to net cash provided by (used in) 
     operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization (including
       $11,691, $5,775 and $8,114, respectively, 
       of nonrecurring charges)                             39,972              71,135               68,515
      Provision for deferred income taxes                   (9,035)            (18,876)              (1,767)
      Non-recurring charge for digital product 
         obsolescence (Note 4)                                 ---                 ---               14,902
      Changes in assets and liabilities:
         Accounts receivable                               (12,684)              3,320              (18,869)
         Inventories                                        16,786               3,833               (4,528)
         Other current assets                                5,358                (513)              (1,876)
         Accounts payable and accrued liabilities           20,020              (5,672)               5,896
         Advance billings                                   (1,134)                167                2,502
         Other assets and other                            (18,837)            (12,416)             (10,996)
                                                           -------             -------             --------
            Net cash provided by (used in) operating 
              activities                                    26,572               6,318              (14,443)
                                                           -------             -------             --------
Investing activities:
   Payments for acquisition                               (454,239)             (8,000)                ---
   Net investment in fixed assets                             (805)             (6,225)              (5,899)
                                                           -------             -------            ---------
         Net cash used in investing activities            (455,044)            (14,225)              (5,899)
                                                           -------             -------            ---------
Financing activities:
   Net proceeds from sale of senior subordinated notes     194,000                 ---                 ---
   Borrowings under term loan facility                     150,000                 ---              62,750
   Repayment under term loan facility                          ---              (7,750)            (71,000)
   Proceeds from sale of common stock                       95,000                 ---              35,000
   Proceeds from sale of preferred stock                    15,000                 ---                 ---
   Borrowings under revolving credit facility               15,000              32,000              88,600
   Repayment under revolving credit facility               (15,000)            (23,000)            (88,600)
   International borrowing, net                                ---               1,277                (717)
   Payment of deferred financing costs                     (13,699)               (791)             (2,927)
   Capital lease obligations                                   ---                (198)               (266)
   Repayment of management loans                               113                 108                 221
   Payments to acquire treasury stock                         (100)               (100)               (280)
                                                           -------             -------            --------

      Net cash provided by financing activities            440,314               1,546              22,781
                                                           -------             -------            --------

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                        (26)                  9                 (89)
                                                           -------             -------            --------
Increase (decrease) in cash                                 11,816              (6,352)              2,350
Cash, beginning of period                                    2,463              14,279               7,927
                                                           -------             -------            --------
Cash, end of period                                        $14,279             $ 7,927            $ 10,277
                                                           =======             =======            ========
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid                                              $ 4,060             $38,142            $ 38,372
                                                           =======             =======            ========
Income taxes paid                                          $   ---             $ 1,960            $  1,039
                                                           =======             =======            ========
</TABLE>
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       21

<PAGE>

                       DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (SUCCESSOR COMPANY)

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                      FOR THE TWENTY WEEKS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                       AND YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
                         (In millions, except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               NOTES
                                            RECEIVABLE              ACCUMULATED                 ACCUMULATED
                        PREFERRED  COMMON      FROM      TREASURY     PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED   TRANSLATION      TOTAL
                          STOCK    STOCK   STOCKHOLDERS    STOCK      CAPITAL       DEFICIT     ADJUSTMENTS      EQUITY
                        ---------  ------  ------------  --------   -----------   -----------   -----------      ------  
<S>                     <C>        <C>      <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>
Initial capitalization
at August 12, 1995      $ 15,000   $  95    $ (1,273)     $  ---      $ 94,905    $    ---         $  ---      $ 108,727

Net loss                     ---     ---         ---         ---           ---     (13,874)           ---        (13,874)

Stock Dividends              815     ---         ---         ---           ---        (815)           ---            ---

Repayment of
 management  loans           ---     ---         113         ---           ---         ---            ---            113

Treasury stock               ---     ---         ---        (100)          ---         ---            ---           (100)

Translation
 adjustments                 ---     ---         ---         ---           ---         ---           (363)          (363)
                        --------   -----    --------      ------      --------    --------         ------      ---------
Balance at
 December 31, 1995        15,815      95      (1,160)       (100)       94,905     (14,689)          (363)        94,503

Net loss                     ---     ---         ---         ---           ---     (34,660)           ---        (34,660)

Stock Dividends            2,327     ---         ---         ---           ---      (2,327)           ---            ---

Repayment of
 management loans            ---     ---         108         ---           ---         ---            ---            108

Treasury stock               ---     ---         ---        (100)          ---         ---            ---           (100)

Translation
 adjustments                 ---     ---         ---         ---           ---         ---           (473)          (473)
                        --------   -----    --------      ------      --------    --------         ------      ---------

Balance at
December 31, 1996         18,142      95      (1,052)       (200)       94,905     (51,676)          (836)        59,378

Net Loss                     ---     ---         ---         ---           ---     (68,222)           ---        (68,222)

Stock Dividends            2,699     ---         ---         ---           ---      (2,699)           ---            ---

Sale of common stock         ---      35         ---         ---        34,965         ---            ---         35,000

Repayment of
 management loans            ---     ---         221         ---           ---         ---            ---            221

Treasury stock               ---     ---         ---        (280)          ---         ---            ---           (280)

Translation
 adjustments                 ---     ---         ---         ---           ---         ---           (836)          (836)
                        --------   -----    --------      ------      --------    --------         ------      ---------

Balance at
 December 31, 1997      $ 20,841   $ 130    $   (831)     $ (480)     $129,870   $(122,597)       $(1,672)     $  25,261
                        ========   =====    ========      ======      ========   =========        ========     =========

</TABLE>


              See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       22

<PAGE>


                       DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (SUCCESSOR COMPANY)

                       NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)


1.   THE ACQUISITION

          On April 25, 1995,  Dictaphone  Corporation  (Successor  Company) (the
     "Company")  entered into a Stock and Asset Purchase  Agreement,  as amended
     August  11,  1995 (the  Acquisition  Agreement"),  with  Pitney  Bowes Inc.
     ("Pitney   Bowes")  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  (the   "Acquisition")
     Dictaphone  Corporation,  the United States Dictaphone Subsidiary of Pitney
     Bowes  ("Dictaphone  U.S.  (Predecessor   Company)")  and  certain  foreign
     affiliates  ("Dictaphone Non-U.S.  (Predecessor  Company)") as set forth in
     the Acquisition Agreement  (collectively,  the "Predecessor  Company").  On
     August 11, 1995, the Company  acquired the  Predecessor  Company for $450.0
     million,  which was subject to certain post-closing  adjustments as defined
     in the  Acquisition  Agreement.  On March 6, 1996,  the  Company and Pitney
     Bowes reached  agreement as to final  purchase  adjustment.  Total purchase
     adjustments  amounted to $12.2 million for an aggregate  purchase  price of
     $462.2 million.

          The   Acquisition,   including   approximately   $22,178   of  related
     transaction  and  financing  fees,  was  financed  with  the  borrowing  of
     approximately  $165,000 under a credit  agreement,  which  consisted of two
     term loans and a revolving credit facility, the sale of senior subordinated
     notes  with  an   aggregate   principal   amount  of  $200,000  and  equity
     contributions of $110,000.

2.   NATURE OF OPERATIONS

          The  Company  is  engaged  principally  in  the  design,  manufacture,
     marketing and service of integrated  voice and data management  systems and
     software,  which  include  dictation,  voice  processing,  voice  response,
     unified  messaging,   records  management,  court  recording,  call  center
     monitoring systems and communications  recording.  Dictaphone markets these
     products worldwide with most of its revenue generated from the U.S. market.

3.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

          BASIS OF PRESENTATION.  The capital  structure and accounting basis of
     the  assets  and  liabilities  of the  Company  as of August  12,  1995 and
     thereafter differ from those of the Predecessor Company in prior periods as
     a result of the  Acquisition.  The  Acquisition was accounted for under the
     purchase  method of  accounting in accordance  with  Accounting  Principles
     Board  Opinion No. 16,  "Accounting  for  Business  Combinations".  Certain
     amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

          The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally
     accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions  that affect the reported  amount of assets and liabilities and
     disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of the
     financial  statements and reported  amounts of revenues and expenses during
     the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

          CONSOLIDATION.  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the
     Company  and  all  majority-owned   subsidiaries  as  follows:   Dictaphone
     Corporation   U.S.   ("Dictaphone   U.S."),   Dictaphone   Canada  Ltd/Ltee
     ("Dictaphone   Canada"),   Dictaphone  Company  Ltd.  ("Dictaphone  U.K."),
     Dictaphone Deutschland GmbH ("Dictaphone Germany"),  Dictaphone Netherlands
     BV   ("Dictaphone   Netherlands")   and   Dictaphone   International   A.G.
     ("Dictaphone  Switzerland").  All  significant  intercompany  accounts  and
     transactions have been eliminated.


                                       23

<PAGE>


3.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

          CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS. Cash equivalents include short-term, highly
     liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of
     acquisition.

          INVENTORY  VALUATION.  Inventories  are valued at the lower of cost or
     market. Cost is determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

          COMPUTER SOFTWARE  DEVELOPMENT COSTS. The Company  capitalizes certain
     software costs (approximately $4,171, $6,945 and $6,225 for the years ended
     December 31, 1995,  1996 and 1997,  respectively)  in  accordance  with the
     provisions of Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standard ("SFAS") No. 86,
     "Accounting  for the  Costs of  Computer  Software  to be Sold,  Leased  or
     Otherwise Marketed." Such amounts are amortized as the related products are
     sold. In 1997, the Company wrote down $1.0 million of capitalized  software
     to its estimated  realizable value.  Amortization expense in 1995, 1996 and
     1997  related  to the  capitalized  amounts  was  $0,  $1,418  and  $5,821,
     respectively.

          FIXED  ASSETS AND  DEPRECIATION.  Property,  plant and  equipment  are
     stated at cost and  depreciated  using the  straight  line  method over the
     useful  lives of the various  assets  ranging  from one to twelve years for
     machinery  and  equipment  and  up  to  35  years  for   buildings.   Major
     improvements  which add to  productive  capacity  or extend  the life of an
     asset are capitalized  while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense
     as incurred.  Rental equipment and other depreciable assets are depreciated
     using the straight line method over the related useful lives.

          INTANGIBLES.  Patents and  non-compete  agreement  are  amortized on a
     straight  line  basis  over five and  three  years,  respectively.  Service
     contracts are amortized using a systematic method based on expected rate of
     nonrenewals over four years. All other intangibles are being amortized on a
     straight line basis over 40 years. The Company  periodically  evaluates the
     recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets by assessing whether
     the unamortized intangible asset can be recovered over its remaining useful
     life through future operating cash flows on an undiscounted basis.

          DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS.  Deferred financing costs are amortized over
     the expected terms of the related debt using the effective interest method.

          RENTAL ARRANGEMENTS AND ADVANCE BILLINGS.  The Company rents equipment
     to its customers under short-term rental agreements,  generally for periods
     of three to five years. Maintenance contracts (support services) are billed
     in advance;  the related revenue is included in advance  billings and taken
     into income as earned.

          REVENUE. For large dictation and communication  recording systems that
     have technical  installation  requirements,  the Company recognizes revenue
     upon  installation,  which is when all of its contractual  obligations have
     been  satisfied.  Technical  installations  are  installations  of  product
     estimated to exceed 30 days.  Revenue for all other  products is recognized
     upon shipment, net of estimated returns.

          COSTS AND  EXPENSES.  Operating  expenses  of field  sales and service
     offices which represent the cost of support  services  revenue are included
     in cost of sales.

          INCOME  TAXES.  Income tax benefit is based upon  reported  results of
     operations  and reflects the impact of  temporary  differences  between the
     amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  recognized  for  financial  reporting
     purposes and such amounts recognized for tax purposes. All U.S. Federal and
     State taxes are provided currently on the undistributed earnings of foreign
     subsidiaries giving recognition to current tax rates and applicable foreign
     tax credits.

                                       24

<PAGE>


3.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

          DERIVATIVE  FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS.   The  Company  has  only  limited
     involvement with derivative financial instruments and does not use them for
     trading purposes.  The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to
     reduce its  exposure to interest  rate  fluctuations.  The net gain or loss
     from exchange of interest  payments is included in interest  expense in the
     consolidated  financial  statements  and  interest  paid  in the  condensed
     consolidated statements of cash flow.

          TRANSLATION  OF  FOREIGN   CURRENCIES.   Assets  and   liabilities  of
     subsidiaries  are  translated  at the rate of  exchange  in  effect  on the
     balance sheet date; income and expenses are translated at the average rates
     of  exchange   prevailing  during  the  period.  The  related   translation
     adjustments are reflected in the accumulated  translation adjustment within
     the stockholders' equity section of the consolidated balance sheet. Foreign
     currency  gains and losses  resulting  from  transactions  are  included in
     results of operations.

4.   INVENTORIES

            Inventories consist of the following:
                                                  DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                      1996              1997
                                                  ------------      ------------

            Raw materials and work in process      $  14,881           $ 18,481
            Supplies and service parts                19,946             14,087
            Finished products                         22,013             16,211
                                                   ---------           --------
            Total inventories                      $  56,840           $ 48,779
                                                   =========           ========

            With the  production of  Enterprise  Express(TM)  in June 1997,  the
      Company  provided for excess  service parts and field stock,  inclusive of
      prepaid  amounts,  associated  with  those  products  that the  Enterprise
      Express(TM)  product would replace.  During 1997,  these non-cash  charges
      totalled $14.9 million.

            As a result of the  Acquisition,  inventories were recorded at their
      fair value at August 12, 1995. Such fair value  represented  selling price
      less  estimated  costs of completion for work in process and selling costs
      and a reasonable  profit  allowance for the selling and completion  effort
      for finished  goods.  Raw materials were valued at  replacement  cost. The
      fair value of inventories was $19,197 in excess of their  historical cost.
      Of such  excess,  $11,691,  $5,775 and $1,713 was charged to cost of sales
      and rentals  during the  twenty-week  period  ended  December 31, 1995 and
      years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

5.    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

            Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:

                                                  DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                      1996              1997
                                                  ------------      ------------

            Land                                    $  1,781          $  1,766
            Buildings                                 16,958            17,228
            Machinery and equipment                   43,034            47,497
                                                    --------          --------
               Subtotal                               61,773            66,491
            Accumulated depreciation                 (24,765)          (31,160)
                                                    --------          --------
            Property, plant and equipment, net      $ 37,008          $ 35,331
                                                    ========          ========

            Depreciation  expense for the twenty-week  period ended December 31,
      1995 and years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1997 was $10,413,  $15,130 and
      $7,739, respectively.


                                       25

<PAGE>


6.    IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

            In  accordance   with  the  provisions  of  Statement  of  Financial
      Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
      Assets to Be Disposed  Of" ("SFAS No.  121"),  the Company has  recorded a
      non-cash  pretax charge of $5.4 million to write down certain  patents and
      associated  goodwill to their fair value. The Company assessed  impairment
      based  upon an  analysis  of  anticipated  future  revenue  of  applicable
      products and the resulting  undiscounted  cash flows. Fair value was based
      upon a royalty saved  valuation  technique.  The charge is reported in the
      Consolidated Statement of Operations as amortization of intangibles.

7.    INTANGIBLES

            The  following  summarizes  intangible  assets,  net of  accumulated
      amortization  and  writedowns  of $58,177  and $99,439 for the years ended
      December  31, 1996 and 1997,  respectively.  Amortization  expense for the
      years  ended  December  31,  1996 and  December  31,  1997 was $41,209 and
      $41,262, respectively.

                                                  DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                     1996              1997
                                                  ------------      ------------

            Goodwill                               $139,687           $135,004
            Tradenames                               75,158             73,211
            Service contracts                        18,951              8,920
            Non-compete agreement                    30,057             11,696
            Patents                                   7,169                491
                                                   --------           --------
                                                   $271,022           $229,322
                                                   ========           ========
8.    DEBT

            The following summarizes the debt structure of the Company:

                                                  DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                     1996              1997
                                                  ------------      ------------

            Current portion of long-term debt      $  12,512         $     795
                                                   ---------         ---------
            Long-term debt:
               Senior debt:
                  Term loans:
                     Tranche A                        57,000               ---
                     Tranche B                        73,500            71,250
                     Tranche C                           ---            62,122
                  Revolving credit loans               9,000             9,000
               International debt                        586               444
               Subordinated notes                    200,000           200,000
                                                    --------         ---------
            Total long-term debt                     340,086           342,816
                                                    --------         ---------
            Total debt                              $352,598         $ 343,611
                                                   =========         =========

            In  connection  with the financing of the  Acquisition,  the Company
      entered into a Credit Agreement,  dated August 7, 1995, as amended by four
      amendments to Credit  Agreement,  dated June 28, 1996, June 27, 1997, July
      21, 1997 and November 14, 1997 (collectively, the "Credit Agreement") with
      a syndicate  of financial  institutions  for whom  Bankers  Trust  Company
      ("Bankers  Trust")  is the  Administrative  Agent  and  NationsBank,  N.A.
      (Carolinas) ("Nations") is the Documentation Agent.


                                       26

<PAGE>


8.    DEBT (CONTINUED)

            The  fourth  amendment  to the  Credit  Agreement  provided  for the
      issuance of a new Tranche C Loan in the amount of $62,750, the proceeds of
      which were utilized by the Company to extinguish the  outstanding  balance
      of the Tranche A Loan and to prepay certain required principal payments on
      the outstanding  borrowings under the Tranche B Loan. The Credit Agreement
      consists of a $75,000 Tranche B Term Loan due June 30, 2002, and a $62,750
      Tranche C Term Loan due June 30,  2003,  and a six-year  Revolving  Credit
      Facility of up to $40,000,  collectively,  the "Facilities".  A portion of
      the  Revolving  Credit  Facility is  available  to provide for the working
      capital  requirements and general corporate purposes of the Company and to
      issue commercial and standby letters of credit.

            In connection  with the fourth  amendment,  the Company also sold an
      additional $35,000 of equity, the proceeds of which were used to repay all
      amounts  outstanding on a facility which was  established  August 1, 1997,
      and to pay down the Revolving Credit Facility.

            At December  31,  1997,  the Company had Term Loans of $134,000  and
      loans of $9,000  outstanding  under the  Revolving  Credit  Facility.  The
      maturity schedule relating to the $134,000 of outstanding Term Loans is as
      follows:

            1998                    $    628
            1999                         628
            2000                         628
            2001                      38,128
            2002                      52,575
            Thereafter                41,413
                                    --------
                                    $134,000
                                    ========

            The Company will be required to make certain prepayments, subject to
      certain  exceptions,  on the  Facilities  with 75% of Excess Cash Flow (as
      defined in the Credit  Agreement) and with the proceeds from certain asset
      sales,  issuances  of debt and  equity  securities  and any  pension  plan
      reversion.  Such prepayments  will be applied first to required  principal
      payments of the Tranche B Term Loan and thereafter to amounts  outstanding
      under the Revolving Credit Facility.

            There are no scheduled  reductions in the Revolving  Credit Facility
      over the next five years. Availability under the Revolving Credit Facility
      at December 31, 1997 was $31,000.  The Company had outstanding  letters of
      credit of $2,210 as of December 31, 1997.

            Borrowings  under the Revolving  Credit  Facility bear interest at a
      rate per annum  equal  to,  at the  Company's  option,  the  higher of (1)
      Bankers Trust's Prime Rate or (2) the rate which is 1/2 of 1% in excess of
      the Federal Funds effective rate, (together the "Base Rate") plus 1.75% or
      the  reserve  Eurodollar  Rate (as defined in the Credit  Agreement)  plus
      2.75%.  The Tranche B Loan bears interest at a rate per annum equal to, at
      the Company's option,  the Base Rate plus 2.25% or the reserve  Eurodollar
      Rate plus  3.25%.  The  Tranche C Loan bears  interest at a rate per annum
      equal to, at the Company's option, the Base Rate plus 2.75% or the reserve
      Eurodollar  Rate plus 3.75%.  In addition,  the Company is required to pay
      Bankers  Trust a quarterly  commitment  fee of .50% per annum on the daily
      average  unused  portion of the Revolving  Credit  Facility.  The carrying
      amount of the  Facilities  approximates  fair value as the  interest  rate
      reprices quarterly and is reflective of currently  available market rates.
      The Company  entered into an interest rate swap contract in November 1995,
      effective  February 16, 1996, with an aggregate  notional principal amount
      equivalent to $75,000  maturing on February 16, 1999. The swap effectively
      converts  that  portion  of the  Company's  Term  Loans  to a  fixed  rate
      component of 5.8%;  thus reducing the impact of changes in interest rates,
      converting  the total  effective  interest  rate on fifty  percent  of the
      initial outstanding Term Loans to 9.3%. No funds under the swap agreements
      are actually borrowed or are to be repaid. The amounts due to or


                                       27

<PAGE>

8.    DEBT (CONTINUED)

      from the  counterparties  are reflected in interest expense in the periods
      in which  they  accrue.  The fair value of the  interest  rate swaps as of
      December 31, 1997 was unfavorable $0.1 million,  based upon dealer quotes.
      Dictaphone   is  exposed  to   credit-related   losses  in  the  event  of
      non-performance  by the  counterparties  to these swaps,  although no such
      losses are expected as the  counterparties  are commercial banks having an
      investment grade credit rating.  The effective  interest rate for the year
      ended December 31, 1997 was 8.45%,  8.95% and 8.40% on the Tranche B Loan,
      Tranche C Loan and the Revolving Credit Facility, respectively.

            Dictaphone  U.S.,  the  Company's   wholly-owned  U.S.   Subsidiary,
      guarantees the Company's  obligations under the Facilities.  The Company's
      obligations and the guarantees of its domestic subsidiaries are secured by
      substantially  all existing and acquired  personal property of the Company
      and its domestic subsidiaries,  including a pledge of 100% of the stock of
      each of the Company's  domestic  subsidiaries and 66% of the stock of each
      of  the  Company's   first-tier   foreign   subsidiaries.   The  Company's
      obligations  are also  secured by liens on certain  real  property  of the
      Company and its domestic subsidiaries.

            In  addition,   the  Credit   Agreement   contains   covenants  that
      significantly  limit or prohibit,  among other things,  the ability of the
      Company and Dictaphone  U.S. to incur  indebtedness,  make  prepayments of
      certain  indebtedness,  pay  dividends  on Common  Stock  (as  hereinafter
      defined),  make investments,  engage in transactions with stockholders and
      affiliates,   create  liens,   sell  assets  and  engage  in  mergers  and
      consolidations  and requires that the Company maintain  certain  financial
      ratios.

            The Acquisition  was also financed  through the issuance of $200,000
      senior subordinated notes (the "Notes"). The Notes are subordinated to the
      Credit Agreement financing and other senior indebtedness as defined in the
      indenture  pursuant to which the Notes were issued (the "Note Indenture").
      The Notes bear interest of 11-3/4% per annum, payable semiannually on each
      February  1 and  August 1. The Notes  mature on August 1,  2005.  The fair
      value of the Notes at December 31, 1997 was favorable $6.0 million,  based
      on dealer quotes.  The Notes are fully and  unconditionally  guaranteed by
      Dictaphone U.S. The Notes contain  covenants similar to the Facilities and
      provides for each noteholder to have the right to require that the Company
      repurchase  the  Notes at 101% of the  principal  amount  upon a change of
      control as defined in the Note Indenture.

9.    EQUITY AND STOCK OPTIONS

      COMMON STOCK

            On December  31, 1997,  the Company had 20 million  shares of common
      stock,  $.01 par value  ("Common  Stock")  authorized of which  12,952,000
      shares  were  issued,   outstanding   and  owned  by  Stonington   Capital
      Appreciation  1994 Fund,  L.P.  ("Stonington"),  an affiliate of a limited
      partner of Stonington, and by management of the Company. (See Note 11).

            At  December  31, 1996  and 1997,  the Company had 20,000 and 48,000
      shares of treasury stock, respectively.

      PREFERRED STOCK AND WARRANT

            The  Company  is  authorized  to issue up to 10  million  shares  of
      preferred  stock,  $.01 par value,  in one or more series as authorized by
      the Board of  Directors  and to fix the terms,  rights,  restrictions  and
      qualifications   of  shares  of  each  series.   In  connection  with  the
      acquisition,  the  Company  issued 1.5 million  shares of 14%  Pay-In-Kind
      Perpetual Preferred Stock ("PIK Preferred Stock"). The PIK Preferred Stock
      is nonvoting and has a stated value and liquidation  preference of $10 per
      share  and  carries  a  cumulative  pay-in-kind  dividend  of 14% per year
      payable  quarterly in arrears from September 30, 1995 until July 31, 2006,
      and thereafter the annual  dividend rate will increase by 200 basis points
      every twelve  months (but in no event will exceed 24%).  The PIK Preferred
      Stock ranks senior to all classes and series of stock of the Company with


                                       28
<PAGE>

9.    EQUITY AND STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)

      respect  to  dividend  rights and  rights on  liquidation,  winding up and
      dissolution of the Company.  It is redeemable at the option of the Company
      or in certain limited  circumstances  at the option of the holder upon the
      occurrence  of certain  events.  The Company  accrued the 14%  pay-in-kind
      dividend and charged  accumulated  deficit $815, $2,327 and $2,699 for the
      twenty weeks ended December 31, 1995 and years ended December 31, 1996 and
      1997,  respectively,  as a result of the required  dividends  representing
      81,500,   232,700  and  269,900   shares  of  the  PIK  Preferred   Stock,
      respectively.  Such shares of PIK Preferred Stock were declared and issued
      in respect of the period up to December 31, 1997.

            Together with the issuance of the PIK Preferred  Stock,  the Company
      issued a warrant to purchase  350,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock
      at a price of $10 per share (the "Warrant") representing the fair value of
      Common Stock on the date of issuance.  The Warrant may not be  transferred
      or exchanged, in whole or in part, separately from, but may be transferred
      or exchanged  only together  with,  an  equivalent  proportion of such PIK
      Preferred Stock.

            The Warrant expires on August 11, 2005 and is currently exercisable.
      The Company has reserved  350,000  shares of its Common Stock for issuance
      upon exercise of the Warrant.  As set forth in the related  agreement (the
      "Warrant  Agreement"),  the  Warrant is  subject  to certain  antidilution
      provisions  related to the future  adjustments  to the  Company's  capital
      stock or the issuance of its Common  Stock or rights,  options or warrants
      to purchase such Common Stock at a price below the current market price as
      defined in the Warrant Agreement.

      MANAGEMENT STOCK OPTION PLAN

            At the date of Acquisition,  the Company adopted a Management  Stock
      Option Plan (the "Plan") and issued options to purchase  713,000 shares of
      Common  Stock at $10.00 per share (fair  market  value) to  officers,  key
      employees  and  non-employee  directors of the Company.  The Plan provides
      that   one-half  of  the  options   granted   under  the  Plan  will  vest
      automatically  over a five  year  period  and the  other  one-half  became
      eligible for vesting as to 10% on April 15,  1996,  as to 20% on April 15,
      1997,  and the  remaining  options  become  eligible  for vesting as to an
      additional  20% on each of April 15, 1998,  1999,  and 2000, and as to the
      remaining  10%  on  April  15,  2001,  if  the  Company   attains  certain
      predetermined  financial  performance  goals, or in any case no later than
      the tenth  anniversary of the  Acquisition.  Based upon the Company's 1995
      performance,  the Company's Board of Directors  determined that 60% of the
      Performance  Options  eligible  for  vesting on April 15, 1996 would vest.
      Based  upon  the  Company's  1996  performance,  the  Company's  Board  of
      Directors  determined  that 0% of the  Performance  Options  eligible  for
      vesting on April 15,  1997 would vest.  The options  expire ten years from
      the date of grant or earlier in certain  circumstances.  In the event of a
      Sale or an IPO (as defined in the Plan) of the Company prior to August 11,
      2000, all outstanding  service-based options and performance-based options
      will become immediately vested and exercisable prior to the effective date
      of such Sale or IPO. At the date of the Acquisition,  the Company reserved
      850,000 shares of its Common Stock for issuances under the Plan. Effective
      August 1, 1997, the number of shares reserved for issuances under the Plan
      was  increased  to  1,200,000.  A summary  of  options  outstanding  is as
      follows:

                                         DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                            1995         1996          1997
                                         ------------ ------------  ------------

         Outstanding, beginning of year        ---       683,000        650,000
         Granted                           713,000        89,000        551,500
         Cancelled                         (30,000)     (122,000)      (105,000)
                                           -------      --------      ---------
         Outstanding, end of year          683,000       650,000      1,096,500
                                           =======      ========      =========

         Exercisable, end of year                0        82,680        161,470
                                           =======      ========      =========

            The estimated fair value of the stock was $10.00 for all periods.

                                       29

<PAGE>


9.    EQUITY AND STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)

            Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards Number 123, "Accounting
      For  Stock-Based  Compensation"  ("SFAS  123")  encourages,  but  does not
      require,   companies  to  record  at  fair  value   compensation  cost  of
      stock-based  employee  compensation  plans.   Dictaphone  has  elected  to
      continue to account for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value
      method   prescribed  in  Accounting   Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25,
      "Accounting  For Stock  Issued to  Employees"  ("APB No.  25") and related
      interpretations. Under the intrinsic value based method, compensation cost
      is the excess,  if any, of the quoted  market  price of the stock at grant
      date over the  exercise  price of the option.  Typically,  grants of stock
      options  pursuant to stock option  plans have no intrinsic  value at grant
      date,  and  accordingly,  no  compensation  cost  has been  recognized  by
      Dictaphone.  Had  compensation  cost for the stock option been  determined
      based on the fair value of the option at a date of grant  consistent  with
      the requirements of SFAS No. 123, Dictaphone's net income and earnings per
      share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                               1995        1996        1997
                                               ----        ----        ----

         Net loss           As reported     $(14,689)   $(36,987)   $(70,921)

                            Pro Forma       $(14,770)   $(37,182)   $(71,503)

            The fair value of each stock  option has been  estimated at the date
      of grant using the  Black-Scholes  option pricing model with the following
      weighted average assumptions:

                                              1995          1996         1997
                                              ----          ----         ----

         Risk free interest rate              5.44%         6.21%        5.72%

         Expected life                        5 years       5 years      5 years

         Expected volatility                    ---           ---          ---

         Expected dividend yield                ---           ---          ---

10.   INCOME TAXES

            The provision  (benefit) for income taxes for the twenty weeks ended
      December 31, 1995 and years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1997  consists of
      the following:

                        TWENTY WEEKS ENDED     YEAR ENDED         YEAR ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995   DECEMBER 31, 1996  DECEMBER 31, 1997
                        -----------------   -----------------  -----------------
         Current:
           Federal         $      ---         $      ---          $     ---
           State                  ---                ---                ---
           Foreign                329                (55)               707
                           ----------         ----------          ---------
              Total        $      329         $      (55)         $     707
                           ----------         ----------          ---------
         Deferred:
           Federal         $   (7,228)        $  (14,686)         $   1,059
           State               (1,216)            (3,139)            (2,203)
           Foreign               (591)            (1,051)              (623)
                           ----------         ----------          ---------
              Total            (9,035)           (18,876)            (1,767)
                           ----------         ----------          ---------
                 Total     $   (8,706)        $  (18,931)         $  (1,060)
                           ==========         ==========          =========

                                      30

<PAGE>

10.   INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

            The difference  between the Company's  effective income tax rate and
      the United States statutory rate for the twenty-week period ended December
      31, 1995 and years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 is reconciled below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          TWENTY WEEKS ENDED          YEAR ENDED               YEAR ENDED
                                                           DECEMBER 31, 1995       DECEMBER 31, 1996        DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                           -----------------       -----------------        -----------------
        <S>                                                <C>                     <C>                      <C> 

      United States statutory rate                               35.00%                 35.00%                    35.00%
         State income taxes, net of Federal
          income tax benefit                                      3.50%                  3.81%                     4.32%
         Effect of foreign operations                             1.09%                 (1.39%)                   (0.17%)
         Miscellaneous                                           (1.03%)                (2.09%)                   (2.83%)
         Net operating loss carryforwards
          with no anticipated benefit                               ---                    ---                   (34.79%)
                                                                 -------                -------                  --------
            Total                                                38.56%                 35.33%                     1.53%
                                                                 =======                =======                   =======
</TABLE>
            See  Footnote 13 for  disaggregated  information  as to domestic and
      foreign income before taxes.

            Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  arise  from the  impact  of
      temporary  differences  between  the  amount  of  assets  and  liabilities
      recognized for financial  reporting  purposes and such amounts  recognized
      for tax purposes and resulted from the following:

                                              DECEMBER 31,          DECEMBER 31,
                                                 1996                  1997
                                              ------------          ------------
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards              $15,702                 $33,321
  Amortization - identifiable intangibles        12,951                  22,694
  Postretirement and pension benefits             4,107                   5,010
  Depreciation                                    5,570                   3,683
  Other                                           4,779                   6,357
                                                --------                -------
  Total gross deferred tax assets                43,109                  71,065
                                                --------                -------
Less: valuation allowance                             0                 (24,100)
                                                --------                -------
Net deferred tax assets                         $43,109                 $46,965
                                                ========                =======

Deferred tax liabilities:
  Amortization - goodwill                       $(2,363)                $(3,735)
  Capitalized software costs                     (2,084)                 (2,240)
  Other                                            (893)                 (1,451)
                                                --------                --------
  Total deferred tax liabilities                $(5,340)                $(7,426)
                                                ========                =======

            The Company has recorded a gross deferred tax asset of $71.1 million
      included in other  assets  reflecting  the benefit of net  operating  loss
      carryforwards  and  various  book  tax  temporary  differences.   The  net
      operating loss carryforward for federal income tax purposes as of December
      31, 1997 is approximately $86.2 million, of which $13.7 million of the net
      operating loss  carryforward  will expire in the year 2010,  $33.2 million
      will  expire in the year 2011 and $39.3  million  will  expire in the year
      2012. In order to fully  realize the deferred tax asset,  the Company will
      need to generate  future  taxable  income prior to  expiration  of the net
      operating loss  carryforwards.  Management has determined,  based upon the
      Company's history of prior operating results,  its current  circumstances,
      and its  expectations  for the future,  that taxable income of the Company
      will more likely not be  sufficient  to fully utilize the net deferred tax
      asset recorded for December 31, 1997, prior to the earliest  expiration in
      the year 2010, and has established a valuation reserve

                                       31

<PAGE>

10.   INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

      of $24.1  million  against the $33.3  million of deferred tax assets.  The
      valuation allowance did not change in 1996. The amount of the deferred tax
      asset  considered  realizable,  however,  could be reduced if estimates of
      future taxable income during the net operating  loss  carryforward  period
      are reduced.

11.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

      TRANSACTIONS WITH STONINGTON CAPITAL APPRECIATION 1994 FUND, L.P.

            In the fourth  quarter of 1997,  the Company  received an additional
      $35.0 million from the purchase of 3.5 million additional shares of Common
      Stock by Stonington.

            Stonington,  together  with an  affiliate  of a limited  partner  of
      Stonington,  own 98.8% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company, has
      the power to determine  the  composition  of the Board of Directors of the
      Company and  otherwise  control the  business  and affairs of the Company.
      Four of the eight  members of the Board of  Directors  of the  Company are
      employees of an affiliate of Stonington  and serve as  representatives  of
      Stonington.

      TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT

            In connection with the Acquisition,  the Company sold 197,000 shares
      of Common  Stock to  certain  members  of the  Company's  management  (the
      "Management  Investors") for $1,970, the fair value of the Common Stock at
      the date of sale (the "Management Placement"). The Company financed $1,273
      of the Management  Placement with non-recourse loans bearing interest at a
      rate equal to the  Adjusted  Eurodollar  Rate in effect for the  Revolving
      Credit  Facility under the Credit  Agreement  plus 2.75%.  Interest is due
      annually starting in August 1998. Unless prepaid,  all principal,  accrued
      and unpaid  interest is due and payable on August 7, 2005. The obligations
      under the  management  notes are secured by a pledge of the  proportionate
      number of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Stockholder's Agreement.

            Under  the  terms  of the  Stockholders  Agreement  relating  to the
      Management  Placement,  for a period of five years from  August 11,  1995,
      unless the Company has completed an initial  public  offering,  Management
      Investors will not be permitted to sell,  transfer or otherwise dispose of
      their shares of Common Stock,  except to (i) a "Permitted  Transferee"  or
      (ii) to the  Company  pursuant to certain  put and call  arrangements  set
      forth in the Stockholders'  Agreement (the "Puts and Calls"). A "Permitted
      Transferee" includes certain beneficiaries, trusts and family members. The
      Puts and Calls  provide  for the sale of  shares  of  Common  Stock to the
      Company upon the termination of employment.  The purchase price for shares
      purchased  pursuant  to the  Stockholders  Agreement  is  based  upon  the
      original per share  purchase  price Adjusted Book Value (as defined in the
      Stockholders Agreement), cost, or Fair Market Value (as defined).

            The  Stockholders  Agreement  provides that in the event that, after
      August 11, 2000, an initial public  offering has not occurred,  Management
      Investors  will be permitted to sell Common Stock to third  parties  after
      first giving the Company and other  Management  Investors a right of first
      refusal for the same number of shares of Common Stock at the same price.

12.   COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK

      CONCENTRATIONS OF RISKS

            A substantial portion of the Company's revenues are derived from the
      sale of products manufactured at the Company's sole manufacturing facility
      which is located in Melbourne,  Florida.  This  manufacturing  facility is
      subject to the normal  hazards of any such  facility  that could result in
      damage to the  facility.  Any such damage to this  facility  or  prolonged
      delay in the operations of this facility for repairs or other reason would
      have a materially  adverse effect on the Company's  financial position and
      results of operations.

                                       32
<PAGE>

12.   COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK (CONTINUED)

      COMMITMENTS

            The Company leases certain factory and office facilities under lease
      agreements extending from one to twenty-five years. In addition to factory
      and office facilities  leased, the Company leases computer and information
      processing  equipment under lease agreements  extending from three to five
      years.

            Future  minimum lease  payments for operating  leases as of December
      31, 1997 are as follows:

            YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
              1998                         $ 3,643
              1999                           2,878
              2000                           2,352
              2001                           1,310
              2002                             937
              Later years                    2,438
                                           -------
            Total minimum lease payments   $13,558
                                           =======

            Rental expense under operating leases was $2,255,  $5,168 and $5,073
      for the  twenty-week  period  ended  December  31,  1995 and  years  ended
      December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

      CONTINGENCIES

            On February 14, 1995, Pitney Bowes filed a complaint against Sudbury
      Systems,  Inc.  ("Sudbury")  in the United States  District  court for the
      District of Connecticut  alleging  intentional  and wrongful  interference
      with Pitney Bowes's plans to sell the Company. The complaint seeks damages
      and a declaratory  judgment  relating to the validity of a patent owned by
      Sudbury entitled "Rapid  Simultaneous  Multiple Access Information Storage
      and Retrieval System" and the alleged infringement thereof by the Company.
      Sudbury  responded by answering  the  complaint  and filing a  third-party
      complaint  against the Company  alleging patent  infringement  and seeking
      preliminary  and  permanent  injunctive  relief  and treble  damages.  The
      third-party  complaint  filed by Sudbury  did not  quantify  the amount of
      damages  sought.  The litigation is in the discovery stage and the Company
      cannot currently make a reasonable  estimate of the amount of damages that
      will be sought by Sudbury. Management believes the Company has meritorious
      defenses  to the claims  against  it.  Consequently,  the  Company has not
      provided  for  any  loss  exposure  in  connection  with  this  complaint.
      Additionally,  regardless of the outcome of this litigation,  Pitney Bowes
      has agreed to defend  this  action and to  indemnify  the  Company for any
      liabilities arising from such litigation.

            The  Company  is  subject  to  federal,  state  and  local  laws and
      regulations concerning the environment,  and is currently participating in
      administrative  proceedings  as a  participant  in a group of  potentially
      responsible  parties in connection  with two third party  disposal  sites.
      These  proceedings are at a preliminary  stage, for which it is impossible
      to reasonably estimate the potential costs of remediation,  the timing and
      extent  of  remedial   actions  which  may  be  required  by  governmental
      authorities, and the amount of the liability, if any, of the Company alone
      or in  relation  to  that of any  other  responsible  parties.  When it is
      possible to make a reasonable  estimate of the  Company's  liability  with
      respect  to such a  matter,  a  provision  will  be  made as  appropriate.
      Additionally,  the Company has  settled  and paid its  liability  at three
      other third party disposal  sites.  At a fourth site, the Company has paid
      approximately  $10  thousand for its share of the costs of the first phase
      of the  clean  up of the  site  and  management  believes  that  it has no
      continuing  material  liability  for  any  later  phases  of the  cleanup.
      Consequently,  management believes that its future liability,  if any, for
      these four sites is not material.  In addition,  regardless of the outcome
      of such  matters,  Pitney  Bowes has agreed to  indemnify  the  Company in
      connection with retained environmental liabilities and for breaches of the
      environmental representations and warranties in the Acquisition Agreement,
      subject to certain limitations.

                                       33
<PAGE>

12.   COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK (CONTINUED)

      CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

            The Company is a defendant  in a number of  additional  lawsuits and
      administrative  proceedings,  none  of  which  will,  in  the  opinion  of
      management,  have a material adverse effect on the Company's  consolidated
      financial position or results of operations.

            The Company  does not believe that the  ultimate  resolution  of the
      litigation, administrative proceedings and environmental matters described
      above  in  the  aggregate  will  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
      Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

13.   SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT AND SEGMENT
      INFORMATION

            Dictaphone U.S. has fully  and unconditionally  guaranteed the Notes
     (See Note 8). Dictaphone Non-U.S. is not a guarantor of the Notes. Separate
     financial   statements  of  Dictaphone  U.S.  are  not  presented   because
     management has determined that they would not be meaningful to investors in
     the Notes.  Subsequent to December 31, 1997, the Company merged  Dictaphone
     Corporation and Dictaphone Corporation (U.S.).

            The  following  are  the  supplemental  consolidating  statement  of
      operations  and cash flow  information  for the  twenty-week  period ended
      December  31, 1995 and years  ended  December  31, 1996 and 1997,  and the
      supplemental  consolidating  balance sheet  information as of December 31,
      1996 and 1997.

                       DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (SUCCESSOR COMPANY)
             SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION
                          TWENTY WEEKS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  DICTAPHONE        DICTAPHONE        DICTAPHONE      CONSOLIDATING
                                                 CORPORATION            U.S.            NON-U.S.       ADJUSTMENTS      CONSOLIDATED
                                                 -----------        ----------        ----------      --------------    ------------

<S>                                              <C>                  <C>                 <C>           <C>               <C>  

     Revenue from:
      Product sales and rentals                   $  ---              $85,633            $15,212         $(4,831)         $ 96,014
      Contract manufacturing sales                   ---               18,892                ---             ---            18,892
      Support services                               ---               31,031              4,655             ---            35,686
                                                  -------             --------            -------         -------          --------
         Total revenues                              ---              135,556             19,867          (4,831)          150,592
                                                  -------             --------            -------         -------          --------

     Costs and expenses:
      Cost of sales, rentals and support
       services                                      ----              83,029             11,499          (4,402)           90,126
      Selling and administrative                      83               54,728              7,563               3            62,377
      Research and development                       ----               4,587                ---             ---             4,587
      Interest expense - net and other             5,472                9,455              1,155             ---            16,082
                                                 --------             --------           --------         -------          --------
         Total costs and expenses                  5,555              151,799             20,217          (4,399)          173,172
                                                 --------             --------           --------         -------          --------
     Equity (loss) earnings                       (4,035)                 ---                ---           4,035              ---
                                                 --------             --------           --------         -------          --------

     (Loss) income before income taxes            (9,590)             (16,243)              (350)          3,603           (22,580)

     Benefit for income taxes                      1,945                6,316                262             183             8,706
                                                 --------              -------           --------          ------          --------

     Net (loss) income                           $(7,645)             $(9,927)           $   (88)         $3,786          $(13,874)
                                                 ========             ========           ========         =======         =========

</TABLE>

                                       34
<PAGE>

13.   SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT AND SEGMENT
      INFORMATION (CONTINUED)


                   DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (SUCCESSOR COMPANY)
         SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               DICTAPHONE        DICTAPHONE            DICTAPHONE      CONSOLIDATING
                                              CORPORATION           U.S.                 NON-U.S.        ADJUSTMENTS    CONSOLIDATED
                                              -----------        ----------            ----------      --------------   -----------
<S>                                           <C>                <C>                   <C>              <C>               <C>   


     Revenue from:
      Product sales and rentals                $  ---             $174,952                $36,229       $(12,157)        $199,024
      Contract manufacturing sales                ---               40,614                    ---            ---           40,614
      Support services                            ---               81,311                 11,519            ---           92,830
                                               -------            --------                --------      ---------        --------
         Total revenues                           ---              296,877                 47,748        (12,157)         332,468
                                               -------            --------                --------      ---------        --------

     Costs and expenses:
      Cost of sales, rentals and support
       services                                   ---              163,752                 29,101        (11,705)         181,148
      Selling and administrative                  203              125,854                 23,160            ---          149,217
      Research and development                    ---               14,135                    ---            ---           14,135
      Interest expense - net and other          3,830               36,557                  1,158             14           41,559
                                              --------            ---------                -------      --------         --------
         Total costs and expenses               4,033              340,298                 53,419        (11,691)         386,059
                                              --------            ---------                -------      --------         --------

     Equity (loss) earnings                    (7,024)                 ---                    ---          7,024              ---
                                              --------            ---------                -------      --------         --------

     (Loss) income before income taxes        (11,057)             (43,421)                (5,671)         6,558          (53,591)

     Benefit for income taxes                   1,185               16,323                  1,232            191           18,931
                                              --------            ---------                -------      --------         ---------

     Net (loss) income                        $(9,872)            $(27,098)               $(4,439)      $  6,749         $(34,660)
                                              ========            =========               ========      ========         =========

</TABLE>


                                       35

<PAGE>


13.   SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT AND SEGMENT
      INFORMATION  (CONTINUED)


                   DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (SUCCESSOR COMPANY)
         SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             DICTAPHONE         DICTAPHONE       DICTAPHONE     CONSOLIDATING
                                            CORPORATION           U.S.            NON-U.S.        ADJUSTMENTS          CONSOLIDATED
                                            -----------         ----------       ----------      ------------          ------------
<S>                                         <C>                   <C>              <C>              <C>                    <C>    

     Revenue from:
      Product sales and rentals              $    ---            $183,200          $32,356         $(12,662)           $ 202,894
      Contract manufacturing sales                ---              42,864              ---              ---               42,864
      Support services                            ---              83,918           10,366              ---               94,284
                                               ------            ---------         --------         --------            ---------
         Total revenues                           ---             309,982           42,722          (12,662)             340,042
                                               ------            ---------         --------         --------            ---------

     Costs and expenses:
      Cost of sales, rentals and support
       services                                   ---             180,501           27,064          (13,133)             194,432
      Selling and administrative                  400             141,349           13,776              ---              155,525
      Research and development                    ---              14,705             ---               ---               14,705
      Interest expense - net and other          4,878              37,233            2,551              ---               44,662
                                              --------           ---------         --------         --------            ---------
         Total costs and expenses               5,278             373,788           43,391          (13,133)             409,324
                                              --------           ---------         --------         --------            ---------
     Equity (loss) earnings                   (11,382)                ---              ---           11,382                  ---
                                              --------           ---------         --------         --------            ---------
     (Loss) income before income taxes        (16,660)            (63,806)            (669)          11,853              (69,282)

     Income tax benefit (expense)               1,319                (156)              87             (190)               1,060
                                              --------            --------         --------         --------            ---------

     Net (loss) income                       $(15,341)           $(63,962)         $  (582)        $ 11,663            $ (68,222)
                                              ========           =========         ========        =========            =========

</TABLE>


                                       36





<PAGE>


13.   SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT AND SEGMENT
      INFORMATION  (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                   DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (SUCCESSOR COMPANY)
              SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
                                DECEMBER 31, 1996


                                                 DICTAPHONE          DICTAPHONE      DICTAPHONE      CONSOLIDATING
                                                CORPORATION              U.S.          NON-U.S.      ADJUSTMENTS      CONSOLIDATED
                                                -----------          ----------      ----------      -------------    ------------
<S>                                             <C>                     <C>            <C>              <C>             <C>

     ASSETS
     Current assets:
      Cash                                     $    ---              $  6,569         $ 1,358        $     ---         $  7,927
      Accounts receivable                         9,896                49,259           8,165          (13,619)          53,701
      Inventories                                   ---                48,220           9,919           (1,299)          56,840
      Other current assets                          517                 5,445           3,871              ---            9,833
                                                  ------              -------         -------        ----------         -------
        Total current assets                     10,413               109,493          23,313          (14,918)         128,301

     Note receivable                                ---                17,491             ---          (17,491)             ---
     Investments in subsidiaries                440,601                   ---             ---         (440,601)             ---
     Fixed assets, net                              ---                33,833           3,175              ---           37,008
     Intangibles, net                             2,131               250,872          18,019              ---          271,022
     Deferred financing costs                    14,255                   ---             ---              ---           14,255
     Other assets                                 3,246                48,571           1,919              513           54,249
                                               --------              --------         -------        ----------         -------
     Total assets                              $470,646              $460,260         $46,426        $(472,497)        $504,835
                                               ========              ========         =======        ==========        ========


     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
     EQUITY
     Current liabilities:
      Accounts payable and
        accrued liabilities                    $ 10,660              $ 40,250         $10,793        $ (13,766)        $ 47,937
      Advance billings                              ---                31,246           3,562              ---           34,808
      Current portion of long-term debt          11,750                   ---             762              ---           12,512
                                               ---------             --------         --------       ----------        --------
        Total current liabilities                22,410                71,496          15,117          (13,766)          95,257
     Long-term debt                             357,005               333,745          18,077         (368,741)         340,086
     Other liabilities                              ---                 9,790             324              ---           10,114
     Stockholders' equity                        91,231                45,229          12,908          (89,990)          59,378
                                               ---------             --------         --------       ----------        --------
     Total liabilities
       and stockholders' equity                $470,646              $460,260         $46,426        $(472,497)        $504,835
                                               =========             =========        ========       ==========        ========

</TABLE>


                                       37

<PAGE>


13.   SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT AND SEGMENT
      INFORMATION  (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                   DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (SUCCESSOR COMPANY)
              SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
                                DECEMBER 31, 1997

                                         DICTAPHONE          DICTAPHONE          DICTAPHONE        CONSOLIDATING
                                        CORPORATION             U.S.              NON-U.S.          ADJUSTMENTS        CONSOLIDATED
                                        -----------          ----------          ----------         -------------      ------------
<S>                                         <C>                <C>                 <C>                <C>                <C> 

ASSETS

     Current assets:
      Cash                             $    ---             $  8,276                 $ 2,001           $     ---        $  10,277
      Accounts receivable                10,644               64,711                   8,699             (12,115)          71,939
      Inventories                           ---               45,962                   3,645                (828)          48,779
      Other current assets                  ---                7,869                   3,806                 ---           11,675
                                         ------              -------                  -------          ----------       ---------
        Total current assets             10,644              126,818                  18,151             (12,943)         142,670

     Note receivable                        ---               16,942                     ---             (16,942)             ---
     Investments in subsidiaries        464,234                  ---                     ---            (464,234)             ---
     Fixed assets, net                      ---               32,041                   3,290                 ---           35,331
     Intangibles, net                     2,076              211,994                  15,252                 ---          229,322
     Deferred financing costs            10,900                  ---                     ---                 ---           10,900
     Other assets                         4,736               44,395                   2,383                 323           51,837
                                        -------              -------                 -------           ----------       ----------
     Total assets                      $492,590             $432,190                 $39,076           $(493,796)       $ 470,060
                                       ========             ========                 =======           ==========       ==========


     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
     EQUITY
     Current liabilities:
      Accounts payable and
        accrued liabilities             $10,421              $48,699                 $ 6,602           $ (12,265)       $  53,457
      Advance billings                      ---               34,252                   2,932                 ---           37,184
      Current portion of long-term debt     628                  ---                     167                 ---              795
                                        -------              -------                 -------           ----------       ----------
        Total current liabilities        11,049               82,951                   9,701             (12,265)          91,436
     Long-term debt                     359,328              322,495                  17,935            (356,942)         342,816
     Other liabilities                      ---               10,477                      70                 ---           10,547
     Stockholders' equity               122,213               16,267                  11,370            (124,589)          25,261
                                        -------               -------                -------           ----------       ----------
     Total liabilities
       and stockholders' equity        $492,590             $432,190                 $39,076           $(493,796)       $ 470,060
                                        ========             ========                =======           ==========       ==========


</TABLE>


                                       38
<PAGE>

13.   SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT AND SEGMENT
      INFORMATION  (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (SUCCESSOR COMPANY)
         SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION
                      TWENTY WEEKS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

                                                  DICTAPHONE     DICTAPHONE    DICTAPHONE           CONSOLIDATING
                                                  CORPORATION       U.S.         NON-U.S.            ADJUSTMENTS        CONSOLIDATED
                                                  -----------    ----------    ----------           -------------       -----------
<S>                                               <C>               <C>          <C>                <C>                 <C>  
Operating activities:
      Net loss                                    $(7,645)       $ (9,927)      $     (88)           $   3,786          $   (13,874)
      Adjustments to reconcile net
        loss to cash provided by (used in)
        operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                   924          37,086           1,962                  ---               39,972
      Provision for deferred income taxes          (1,936)         (6,508)           (591)                 ---               (9,035)
      Change in assets and liabilities:
         Accounts receivable                      (10,609)         (9,881)           (246)               8,052              (12,684)
         Inventories                                  ---          16,179             178                  429               16,786
         Other current assets                         ---           5,631            (242)                 (31)               5,358
         Accounts payable and
           accrued liabilities                     10,829          13,305           4,084               (8,198)              20,020
         Advance billings                             ---            (951)           (183)                 ---               (1,134)
         Other assets and other                       541         (18,617)         (3,544)               2,783              (18,837)
                                                  --------        --------      ----------           ----------          -----------
     Cash (used in) provided by
       operating activities                        (7,896)         26,317           1,330                6,821               26,572
                                                  --------        --------      ----------           ----------          -----------

     Investing activities:
      Payment to acquire net assets of
        Dictaphone Corporation                   (454,239)       (429,763)        (35,500)             465,263             (454,239)
      Net investment in fixed assets                  ---            (695)           (110)                 ---                 (805)
                                                 ---------      ----------      ----------           ----------          -----------
     Cash used for investing activities          (454,239)       (430,458)        (35,610)             465,263             (455,044)
                                                 ---------      ----------      ----------           ----------          -----------
     Financing activities:
      Net proceeds from sale of senior
        subordinated notes                        194,000             ---             ---                  ---              194,000
      Borrowings under term loan facility         150,000             ---             ---                  ---              150,000
      Borrowing from promissory notes                 ---         347,509          17,491             (365,000)                 ---
      Borrowings from subsidiary                    6,821             ---             ---               (6,821)                 ---
      Proceeds from sale of common stock           95,000          82,254          18,009             (100,263)              95,000
      Proceeds from sale of preferred stock        15,000             ---             ---                  ---               15,000
      Borrowings from revolving credit
        facility                                   15,000             ---             ---                  ---               15,000
      Repayment under revolving credit
        facility                                      ---         (15,000)            ---                  ---              (15,000)
      Payment of deferred financing costs         (13,699)            ---             ---                  ---              (13,699)
      Repayment of management loans                   113             ---             ---                  ---                  113
      Payment to acquire treasury stock              (100)            ---             ---                  ---                 (100)
                                                  --------      ----------      ----------           ----------          -----------
     Cash provided by (used in) financing
       activities                                 462,135         414,763          35,500             (472,084)             440,314
                                                  --------      ----------      ----------           ----------          ----------

     Effect of exchange rate changes on cash          ---             ---             (26)                 ---                  (26)
                                                  --------      ----------      ----------           ----------          -----------

     Increase in cash                                 ---          10,622           1,194                  ---               11,816

     Cash, beginning of period                        ---             969           1,494                  ---                2,463
                                                  --------      ----------      ----------           ----------          -----------
     Cash, end of period                          $   ---       $  11,591       $   2,688            $     ---           $   14,279
                                                  ========      ==========      ==========           ==========          ===========

</TABLE>
                                       39
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



13.   SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT AND SEGMENT

                   DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (SUCCESSOR COMPANY)
         SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996



                                                  DICTAPHONE      DICTAPHONE         DICTAPHONE     CONSOLIDATING
                                                  CORPORATION        U.S.             NON-U.S.       ADJUSTMENTS      CONSOLIDATED
                                                  -----------     ----------         ----------     --------------    ------------
<S>                                               <C>              <C>                <C>             <C>                <C> 

     Operating activities:
      Net loss                                    $(9,872)         $(27,098)          $ (4,439)       $ 6,749            $ (34,660)
      Adjustments to reconcile net
        loss to cash provided by (used in)
        operating activities:
        Depreciation and amortization               5,388            61,501              4,246            ---               71,135
        Provision for deferred income taxes        (1,310)          (16,323)            (1,052)          (191)             (18,876)
        Change in assets and liabilities:
         Accounts receivable                       (2,387)            1,363                167          4,177                3,320
         Inventories                                  ---             2,346              1,021            466                3,833
         Other current assets                        (517)              273               (204)           (65)                (513)
         Accounts payable and
           accrued liabilities                       (336)           (2,124)               900         (4,112)              (5,672)
         Advance billings                             ---               715               (548)           ---                  167
         Other assets and other                     7,295           (11,249)            (1,438)        (7,024)             (12,416)
                                                   -------          --------          ---------       -------            ---------
     Cash (used in) provided by
       operating activities                        (1,739)            9,404             (1,347)           ---                6,318
                                                   -------          --------          ---------       -------            ---------

     Investing activities:
      Payment for acquisition                      (8,000)              ---                ---            ---               (8,000)
      Net investment in fixed assets                  ---            (5,007)            (1,218)           ---               (6,225)
                                                   -------          --------          ---------       -------            ---------
     Cash used for investing activities            (8,000)           (5,007)            (1,218)           ---              (14,225)
                                                   -------          --------          ---------       -------            ---------

     Financing activities:
      Repayment under term loan facility           (7,750)              ---               ---             ---               (7,750)
      Borrowing from promissory notes              (1,397)            1,250               147             ---                  ---
      Borrowings from subsidiary                   10,669           (10,669)              ---             ---                  ---
      Borrowings from revolving credit
        facility                                   32,000               ---               ---             ---               32,000
      Repayment under revolving credit
        facility                                  (23,000)              ---               ---             ---              (23,000)
      Other                                          (783)              ---             1,079             ---                  296
                                                  --------          --------          --------        -------            ---------
     Cash provided by (used in) financing
       activities                                   9,739            (9,419)            1,226             ---                1,546
                                                  -------           --------          --------        -------            ---------

     Effect of exchange rate changes on cash          ---               ---                 9             ---                    9
                                                  -------           --------          --------        -------            ---------

     Decrease in cash                                 ---            (5,022)           (1,330)            ---               (6,352)

     Cash, beginning of period                        ---            11,591             2,688             ---               14,279
                                                  -------           --------          --------        -------            ---------

     Cash, end of period                          $   ---           $ 6,569           $ 1,358         $   ---            $   7,927
                                                  =======           ========          ========        =======            =========

</TABLE>

                                       40
<PAGE>


13.   SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENT AND SEGMENT
      INFORMATION  (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (SUCCESSOR COMPANY)
         SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

                                             DICTAPHONE         DICTAPHONE          DICTAPHONE        CONSOLIDATING
                                             CORPORATION            U.S.               NON-U.S.        ADJUSTMENTS      CONSOLIDATED
                                             -----------         ----------          ---------        -------------     -----------
<S>                                          <C>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C> 


Operating activities:
     Net loss                                $(15,341)          $(63,962)            $  (582)             $  11,663        $(68,222)
     Adjustments to reconcile net
      loss to cash provided by (used in)
      operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization             6,337             58,778               3,400                    ---          68,515
      Provision for deferred income taxes      (1,490)               156                (623)                   190          (1,767)
      Non-recurring charge for digital
        product obsolescence                      ---             13,426               1,476                    ---          14,902
      Change in assets and liabilities:
         Accounts receivable                     (748)           (15,452)             (1,165)                (1,504)        (18,869)
         Inventories                              ---             (8,442)              4,385                   (471)         (4,528)
         Other current assets                     517             (2,424)                 31                    ---          (1,876)
         Accounts payable and
           accrued liabilities                   (239)             8,449              (3,815)                 1,501           5,896
         Advance billings                         ---              3,006                (504)                  ---            2,502
         Other assets and other                11,499            (11,165)                169                (11,499)        (10,996)
                                               -------           --------            --------             ----------       ---------
     Cash provided by (used in)
       operating activities                       535            (17,630)              2,772                   (120)        (14,443)
                                              --------           --------            --------             ----------       ---------

     Investing activities:
      Investment in subsidiary                (35,000)               ---                 ---                 35,000             ---
      Net investment in fixed assets              ---             (4,962)               (937)                   ---          (5,899)
                                              --------           --------            --------             ----------       ---------
     Cash used for investing activity         (35,000)            (4,962)               (937)                35,000          (5,899)
                                              --------           --------            --------             ----------       ---------

     Financing activities:
      Borrowing under term loan facility       62,750                ---                 ---                    ---          62,750
      Repayment under term loan facility      (71,000)               ---                 ---                    ---         (71,000)
      Borrowing from promissory notes          11,250            (11,250)                ---                    ---             ---
      Borrowings from subsidiary                 (549)               549                 ---                    ---             ---
      Proceeds from sale of common stock       35,000             35,000                 ---                (35,000)         35,000
      Borrowings from revolving credit
        facility                               88,600                ---                 ---                    ---          88,600
      Repayment under revolving credit
        facility                              (88,600)               ---                 ---                    ---         (88,600)
      Other                                    (2,986)               ---              (1,103)                   120          (3,969)
                                              --------           ---------           --------             ----------       ---------
     Cash provided by (used in) financing
       activities                              34,465              24,299             (1,103)               (34,880)         22,781
                                              -------            ---------           --------             ----------       ---------
     Effect of exchange rate changes on cash      ---                 ---                (89)                   ---             (89)
                                              -------            ---------           --------             ----------       ---------
     Increase in cash                             ---               1,707                643                    ---           2,350
     Cash, beginning of period                    ---               6,569              1,358                    ---           7,927
                                              -------            ---------           --------             ----------       ---------
     Cash, end of period                     $    ---            $  8,276            $ 2,001              $     ---        $ 10,277
                                             =========           =========           ========             ==========       =========

</TABLE>
                                       41
<PAGE>



14.   RETIREMENT PLANS


            Effective  with the  Acquisition  on August 11,  1995,  the  Company
      established a defined benefit pension plan for all active U.S.  employees.
      Responsibility  for retired U.S.  employees  was retained by Pitney Bowes.
      Certain  employees in other countries are covered under  contributory  and
      non-contributory  defined benefit  pension plans.  The new Dictaphone Plan
      ("Dictaphone Plan") provides for benefits based on employees' compensation
      and years of service.  Company  contributions  are determined based on the
      funding  requirements  of the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of
      1974 and other governmental laws and regulations.

            The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan (401K) for domestic
      employees.  In 1997, the Company matched 50% of employee  contributions up
      to 3% of  eligible  compensation,  subject to certain  limitations.  Total
      Company  contributions were $151, $345 and $840 for the twenty-week period
      ended  December  31,  1995 and years  ended  December  31,  1996 and 1997,
      respectively.

            Net  pension  expense for defined benefit plans for the  twenty-week
       period ended December 31, 1995 and years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997
       included the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           UNITED STATES
                                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            TWENTY WEEKS ENDED              YEAR ENDED                YEAR ENDED
                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1995           DECEMBER 31, 1996        DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                            ------------------           -----------------        -----------------
<S>                                                          <C>                          <C>                        <C>   

      Service cost -- benefits earned during period              $  995                     $2,157                 $  2,022
      Interest cost on projected benefit obligations                885                      2,127                    2,301
      Actual return on assets                                    (1,014)                    (3,965)                  (2,980)
      Net (deferral) and amortization                              ---                       1,342                     (231)
                                                                  ------                     ------                  -------
      Net periodic defined benefit pension expense               $  866                     $1,661                  $ 1,112
                                                                  ======                     ======                  ======= 



                                                                                          FOREIGN
                                                                -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              TWENTY WEEKS ENDED               YEAR ENDED             YEAR ENDED
                                                               DECEMBER 31, 1995           DECEMBER 31, 1996       DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                               -----------------           -----------------       -----------------

      Service cost -- benefits earned during period                 $   48                       $  311               $  163
      Interest cost on projected benefit obligations                   274                          831                  896
      Actual return on assets                                         (756)                        (927)              (2,323)
      Net (deferral) and amortization                                  289                         (333)               1,065
                                                                     ------                       ------               ------
      Net periodic defined benefit pension income                   $ (145)                      $ (118)              $ (199)
                                                                     ======                       ======               ======

</TABLE>
                                       42
<PAGE>

14.   RETIREMENT PLANS (CONTINUED)

            The  following   summarizes   amounts   included  in  the  Company's
      consolidated balance sheet and the funded status of the Company's U.S. and
      foreign defined benefit plans at December 31, 1996 and 1997:

                                                       UNITED STATES
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                        DECEMBER 31,

                                                    1996          1997
                                                    ----          ----
      Actuarial present value of:
         Vested benefits..................         $22,099       $27,496
                                                   -------       -------
         Accumulated benefit obligations..         $25,461       $31,527
                                                   -------       -------
      Projected benefit obligations.......         $31,968       $38,323
                                                   -------       -------
      Plan assets at fair value, primarily stocks
        and bonds, adjusted by:...........         $31,517       $37,037
         Unrecognized net loss (gain).....          (5,393)      (5,671)
         Unrecognized net asset...........             ---          ---
         Unamortized prior service costs from
           plan amendments................             ---          ---
                                                   -------       ------
      Net pension liability ..............         $ 5,844       $6,957
                                                   =======       ======

      The assumptions used in determining
        pension  costs and funded status for
        defined benefit plans is as follows:
      Discount rate.......................            7.50%        7.00%
      Rate of increase in future
        compensation levels...............            4.75%        4.75%
      Expected long-term rate of return
         on plan assets...................            9.50%        9.50%

                                                           FOREIGN
                                                     -------------------
                                                         DECEMBER 31,

                                                    1996          1997
                                                    ----          ----
      Actuarial present value of:
         Vested benefits..................         $10,938       $10,953
                                                   -------       -------
         Accumulated benefit obligations..         $10,938       $10,953
                                                   -------       -------
      Projected benefit obligations.......         $12,161       $11,859
                                                   -------       -------
      Plan assets at fair value, primarily
         stocks and bonds,adjusted by:....         $13,041       $14,917
         Unrecognized net loss............           1,551          667
         Unrecognized net asset...........            (707)        (989)
         Unamortized prior service costs
            from plan amendments..........             664          ---
                                                   -------       ------
      Net pension liability (asset).......         $(2,388)      $(2,736)
                                                   =======       =======

      The assumptions used in determining
          pension costs and funded status for
          defined benefit plans is as follows:
      Discount rate.......................         7.75 - 8.25%    7.00 - 7.25%
      Rate of increase in future
          compensation levels.............         5.50 - 6.00%    5.00 - 6.00%
      Expected long-term rate of return
          on plan assets.................          9.00 - 9.50%    9.00 %

                                       43
<PAGE>

  15.   POSTRETIREMENT AND POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

            The Company  provides  certain  postretirement  health care and life
      insurance  benefits  for  qualifying  employees  in the United  States and
      Canada.  Substantially  all of these  employees  may become  eligible  for
      coverage.  Most retirees  outside the United States and Canada are covered
      by government sponsored and administered programs.

            This  obligation  was  determined by application of the terms of the
      postretirement  health care and life insurance plan together with relevant
      actuarial  assumptions.  These  assumptions  as of  December  31, 1996 and
      December 31, 1997 for years then ended were as follows:

                                                            1996          1997
                                                            ----          ----
            Discount rate                                   7.50%         7.00%
            Initial health care cost trend rate            10.75%         9.75%
            Ultimate health care cost trend rate            5.75%         5.75%
            Year in which ultimate trend rate achieved     2001           2001

            An  increase  in assumed  health care trend rates of 1% in each year
      would  increase  aggregate  service and  interest  costs by $167 and would
      increase  the  December  31,  1997  accumulated   postretirement   benefit
      obligation by $1,177.

            The  Company's  total  net  postretirement  benefit  costs  for  the
      twenty-week  period ended  December 31, 1995 and years ended  December 31,
      1996 and 1997 consisted of the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           TWENTY WEEKS
                                                              ENDED                  YEAR ENDED             YEAR ENDED
                                                           DECEMBER 31, 1995      DECEMBER 31, 1996      DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                           -----------------      -----------------      ------------------
<S>                                                          <C>                       <C>                  <C>    

      Service cost-benefits earned during the period       $  340                     $  664                $  630
      Interest cost on accumulated postretirement
       benefit obligations                                    206                        630                   685
      Net deferral                                             (2)                        26                    (3)
                                                            ------                    ------                ------
      Net periodic postretirement benefit costs            $  544                     $1,320                $1,312
                                                            ======                    ======                ======

</TABLE>

            Postretirement  benefits  are paid by the Company as  incurred.  The
      following summarizes the status of these benefits at December 31, 1996 and
      1997:

                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                            -----------------
                                                           1996         1997
      Accumulated postretirement benefit obligations:
         Retirees and dependents                          $   71       $  632
         Fully eligible active plan participants           1,232        1,380
         Other active plan participants                    8,216        8,976
         Unrecognized net (loss) gain                       (929)      (1,272)
         Unrecognized prior service credit                   ---            6
                                                           ------      -------
      Accrued postretirement benefits                     $8,590       $9,722
                                                          ======       ======


                                       44

<PAGE>










INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



Board of Directors and Stockholders
Dictaphone Corporation

We have audited the accompanying combined statements of income and cash flows of
Dictaphone   Corporation  and  its  related  affiliated   Dictaphone   companies
(Predecessor  Company) for the 32 week period  ended August 11, 1995.  Our audit
also included the financial  statement schedule as of and for the 32 week period
ended August 11, 1995 listed in the Index at Item 14. These financial statements
and the financial  statement  schedule are the  responsibility  of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an  opinion  on  the  combined
financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the combined  financial  statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements.  An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by management,  as well as evaluating the overall combined  financial  statement
presentation.  We believe  that our audit  provides a  reasonable  basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion,  such  combined  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in all
material  respects,  the  combined  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows of
Dictaphone   Corporation  and  its  related  affiliated   Dictaphone   companies
(Predecessor Company) for the 32 week period ended August 11, 1995 in conformity
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Also,  in our opinion,  such
financial  statement  schedule as of and for the 32 week period ended August 11,
1995,  when  considered in relation to the basic combined  financial  statements
taken as a whole,  presents fairly in all material  respects the information set
forth therein.

As  described  in Note 1,  Dictaphone  Corporation  and its  related  affiliated
Dictaphone companies  (Predecessor Company) were sold to Dictaphone  Corporation
(Successor Company).



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Stamford, Connecticut
February 22, 1996

                                       45
<PAGE>






                   DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR COMPANY)

                           COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                              (Dollars in thousands)



                                                    32 WEEKS ENDED
                                                    AUGUST 11, 1995
                                                    ---------------
   Revenue from:
      Sales                                            $128,264
      Sales to Pitney Bowes Inc.                         18,575
      Rentals                                             1,253
      Support services                                   54,011
                                                       ---------
         Total revenue                                  202,103
                                                       ---------

   Cost and expenses:

      Cost of sales and support services                 90,237

      Cost of sales to Pitney Bowes Inc.                 17,119

      Cost of rentals                                       282

      Selling and administrative                         60,404

      Research and development                            7,004
                                                        --------
   Total cost and expenses                              175,046
                                                        --------

   Operating profit                                      27,057

   Interest income                                       (1,400)

   Income before income taxes and
     effect of changes in accounting                     28,457

   Provision for income taxes                            11,398
                                                        ---------
   Net income                                           $17,059
                                                        =========




             See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

                                       46
<PAGE>


                  DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR COMPANY)

                         COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW
                             (Dollars in thousands)




                                                             32 WEEKS ENDED
                                                             AUGUST 11, 1995
                                                             ---------------
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income                                                 $  17,059
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
     provided by (used in) operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                               4,931
      Increase (decrease) in deferred income taxes                  ---
      Changes in assets and liabilities:
         Accounts receivable                                     (1,304)
         Inventories                                             (7,190)
         Other current assets and prepayments                    (9,945)
         Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                 2,056
         Advance billings                                         2,719
         Other assets and other                                  (4,318)
                                                                 -------
         Net cash provided by operating activities                4,008
                                                                 -------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Net investment in fixed assets                               (5,538)

Cash flows from financing activities                               ---

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                             77
                                                                -------

Net cash flow financed by Pitney Bowes Inc.                    $(1,453)
                                                               ========

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

Interest paid                                                  $    8
                                                               =======
Income taxes paid                                              $13,454
                                                               =======






             See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.


                                       47
<PAGE>


                  DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR COMPANY)

                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                (Dollars in thousands or as otherwise indicated)



1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         BASIS  OF  PRESENTATION.  On April  25,  1995,  Dictaphone  Corporation
     (Successor Company) (the "Company") entered into a Stock and Asset Purchase
     Agreement, as amended August 11, 1995 (the "Acquisition  Agreement"),  with
     Pitney  Bowes Inc.  ("Pitney  Bowes")  for the  purpose of  acquiring  (the
     "Acquisition")  Dictaphone  Corporation,  the U.S. Dictaphone subsidiary of
     Pitney Bowes ("Dictaphone U.S. (Predecessor  Company)") and certain foreign
     affiliates  ("Dictaphone Non-U.S.  (Predecessor  Company)") as set forth in
     the  Acquisition  Agreement.  Dictaphone  U.S.  (Predecessor  Company)  and
     Dictaphone Non-U.S.  (Predecessor  Company) are collectively referred to as
     the  "Predecessor  Company".  Effective  August 11, 1995,  the  Predecessor
     Company was sold to the Company.

         COMBINATION. The combined financial statements  include the combination
     of the  following  entities:  Dictaphone  U.S.  (Predecessor  Company)  and
     Dictaphone Non-U.S.  (Predecessor Company) (the latter of which consists of
     Dictaphone Canada Ltd/Ltee ("Dictaphone  Canada"),  Dictaphone Company Ltd.
     ("Dictaphone U.K."),  Dictaphone  Deutschland GmbH ("Dictaphone  Germany"),
     Dictaphone   Netherlands  BV  ("Dictaphone   Netherlands")  and  Dictaphone
     International A.G.  ("Dictaphone  Switzerland")).  All Predecessor  Company
     intercompany transactions have been eliminated.  See Note 5 to the combined
     financial statements.

         CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.  Cash equivalents include short-term, highly
     liquid  investments  with a maturity  of three  months or less from date of
     acquisition.   The  Company   places  its  temporary  cash  and  short-term
     investments  with  financial  institutions  and limits the amount of credit
     exposure  with any one  financial  institution.  Dividends of $12.3 million
     were paid to Pitney  Bowes during the  thirty-two  week period ended August
     11, 1995 out of the net cash flow available to Pitney Bowes in the combined
     statement of cash flows.

         COMPUTER SOFTWARE  DEVELOPMENT COSTS. The Company  capitalizes  certain
     software costs in accordance  with the provisions of Statement of Financial
     Accounting Standards No. 86, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software
     to be  Sold,  Leased  or  Otherwise  Marketed".  No  amortization  of  such
     capitalized  costs,  approximately  $2.6 million as of August 11, 1995, has
     been recorded as the related  products have not yet been made available for
     sale.

         RENTAL  ARRANGEMENTS AND ADVANCE BILLINGS.  The Company rents equipment
     to its customers under short-term rental agreements,  generally for periods
     of  three  to  five  years.  Charges  for  maintenance  contracts  (support
     services) are billed in advance; the related revenue is included in advance
     billings and taken into income as earned.

         REVENUE.  For dictation systems and communications  recording equipment
     that have  technical  installation  requirements,  the  Company  recognizes
     revenue upon installation which is when all of its contractual  obligations
     have been  satisfied.  Revenue for all other  products is  recognized  upon
     shipment.

         COSTS AND  EXPENSES.  Operating  expenses  of field  sales and  service
     offices which represent the cost of support  services  revenue are included
     in cost of sales.



                                       48
<PAGE>


1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

         INCOME TAXES.  The  Company's  U.S.  taxable  income is included in the
     consolidated  federal and certain state income tax returns of Pitney Bowes.
     The Company computes its provision for taxes on a separate company basis.

         The deferred tax  provision is determined  under the liability  method.
     Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are  recognized  based on differences
     between the book and tax bases of assets and  liabilities  using  presently
     enacted tax rates.  The provision for income taxes is the sum of the amount
     of income tax paid or payable to Pitney Bowes for the year as determined by
     applying the  provisions of enacted tax laws to the taxable income for that
     year and the net  change  during  the year in the  Company's  deferred  tax
     assets and liabilities.

         Deferred taxes on income result principally from expenses not currently
     recognized for tax purposes and the excess of tax over book depreciation.

         It has not been  necessary to provide for income taxes on $41.5 million
     of cumulative undistributed earnings of subsidiaries outside the U.S. These
     earnings will be either indefinitely  reinvested or remitted  substantially
     free of additional tax. Determination of the liability that would result in
     the  event  all  of  these  earnings  were  remitted  to  the  U.S.  is not
     practicable.  It is  estimated  however,  that  withholding  taxes  on such
     remittance would approximate $3.4 million.

         FOREIGN  CURRENCY  TRANSLATION.  Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries
     operating  outside the U.S. are translated at rates in effect at the end of
     the period,  and  revenues and expenses  are  translated  at average  rates
     during the period.  The functional  currency for each foreign subsidiary is
     its  local  currency.   Net  deferred  translation  gains  and  losses  are
     accumulated in stockholders' equity.

         The Company enters into foreign  exchange  contracts for purposes other
     than trading  primarily to minimize its risk of loss from  fluctuations  in
     exchange  rates  on  the  settlement  of  firm  and  budgeted  intercompany
     receivables  and payables  arising in connection with transfers of finished
     goods inventories between affiliates as well as certain intercompany loans.
     Gains and losses on foreign exchange  contracts  entered into as hedges are
     deferred and recognized as part of the cost of the underlying  transaction.
     Gains and losses related to changes in the value of  speculative  contracts
     are recognized in income  currently.  At December 31, 1994, the Company had
     approximately  $2.4  million of  foreign  exchange  contracts  outstanding,
     maturing through 1995, to buy or sell various currencies.  Risks arise from
     the  possible  non-performance  by  counterparties  in meeting the terms of
     their  contracts and from  movements in securities  values and interest and
     exchange rates. However, the Company does not anticipate non-performance by
     the  counterparties as they are composed of major  international  financial
     institutions.  Maximum  risk of loss on these  contracts  is limited to the
     amount of the difference  between the spot rate at the date of the contract
     delivery and the contracted rate.

         Foreign  currency  transaction  gains and (losses) were not significant
     for the thirty-two week period ended August 11, 1995.

2.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         The Company  arranges  financing for certain of its products  primarily
     through Pitney Bowes Credit  Corporation  ("PBCC") in the U.S., and leasing
     subsidiaries  in Canada and the U.K.,  all  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of
     Pitney  Bowes.  Sales to finance  subsidiaries  were $13.2  million for the
     thirty-two weeks ended August 11, 1995. The Company  recognizes  revenue on
     sales to PBCC  consistent  with its revenue  recognition  policy in Note 1.
     Historically,  Dictaphone purchased and sourced second-hand/used  equipment
     from PBCC.  The inventory  purchased was in turn  profitably  remarketed by
     Dictaphone.  In January  1995,  the Company paid $11.2  million to PBCC for
     equipment  that will become  available to Dictaphone,  principally  through
     1998.  This amount is reflected  in other  assets on the  combined  balance
     sheet and will be  reclassified  to inventory  as the related  equipment is
     received by the Company.  On a quarterly  basis the Company  evaluates  the
     future recoverability of the remaining asset.

                                       49
<PAGE>

2.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

         The Company  manufactures  selected  printed  circuit boards for Pitney
     Bowes at its Melbourne,  Florida facility.  All printed circuit boards sold
     to Pitney Bowes are sold at prices substantially  equivalent to those which
     have been or would have been realized by third  parties.  Although there is
     no  obligation  on behalf of Pitney  Bowes for  minimum  order  quantities,
     prices are  guaranteed  at specified  levels not exceeding  current  prices
     through 1998.

         The Company earns  interest  income from its investment in and loans to
     affiliates of Pitney Bowes. Interest rates charged are reflective of market
     rates  which would have been  realized  by  unrelated  third  parties.  The
     interest earned from these  affiliates of Pitney Bowes was $1.1 million for
     the thirty-two week period ended August 11, 1995.

         Certain of the  Company's  expenses  are  allocated  to and from Pitney
     Bowes.  Expenses  allocated  to  Pitney  Bowes for  administrative  support
     services  relate to corporate  officers'  salary,  rent,  usage of computer
     systems,  invoice processing and certain product refurbishment performed at
     the Company's Melbourne facility.  Rent is allocated based on actual square
     footage used;  computer and invoice processing is allocated based on actual
     computer  usage;  and officers'  salaries are allocated  based on estimated
     time  dedicated to other  divisions.  Expenses  allocated from Pitney Bowes
     consist primarily of insurance program costs,  which are allocated based on
     loss experience and exposure.  Management  believes that the allocations to
     and from Pitney Bowes are  reasonable and reflect the actual costs incurred
     to provide  these  services.  Expenses of the Company  allocated  to Pitney
     Bowes totaled $.8 million for the thirty  two-week  period ended August 11,
     1995.  Expenses  charged to the Company  from  Pitney  Bowes  totaled  $1.2
     million for the thirty-two weeks ended August 11, 1995. Management believes
     that, if the Company were to operate as an independent  entity, the Company
     would  expect to  initially  incur  approximately  $0.5 million per year of
     additional  operating  expenses.  However,  as  a  result  of  the  planned
     transaction,   Dictaphone  will  no  longer  provide  the  above  mentioned
     administrative support services to Pitney Bowes.  Accordingly,  the related
     credits ($.8 million for the thirty-two  week period ended August 11, 1995)
     which  were  previously  offset  against  operating  expenses  will  not be
     generated in the future.

         The Company  leases  space to Pitney  Bowes at its  Melbourne,  Florida
     facility. The rental rates charged to Pitney Bowes are reflective of market
     rates which would have been realized by unrelated third parties. The rental
     income  associated with this arrangement is approximately  $0.1 million per
     year pursuant to a lease expiring in the year 2000.

3.   TAXES ON INCOME

         The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

                                      32 WEEKS ENDED
                                      AUGUST 11, 1995
                                      ---------------
         Current:
            Federal                   $ 7,388
            State                       1,992
            Foreign                       548
                                      --------
               Total                    9,928
                                      ========

         Deferred:                      1,470
                                      --------
            Total                     $11,398
                                      ========


                                       50

<PAGE>

3.   TAXES ON INCOME (CONTINUED)

         The  reconciliation  between  the  provision  for income  taxes and the
     provision  for  income  taxes  at the  U.S.  federal  statutory  rate is as
     follows:

                                                32 WEEKS ENDED
                                                AUGUST 11, 1995
                                               ----------------
     PERCENT OF PRETAX INCOME
         U.S. federal statutory rate                35.00%
         State and local income taxes                4.55%
         Other                                       0.50%
                                                    ------
         Effective income tax rate                  40.05%
                                                    ======

4.   NET STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

         The changes in net stockholders' equity were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           CAPITAL IN                       CUMULATIVE
                                             PREFERENCE       COMMON        EXCESS OF        RETAINED       TRANSLATION
                                               STOCK          STOCK         PAR VALUE        EARNINGS       ADJUSTMENTS
                                             ----------       ------        ---------        --------       -----------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>  

     Balance, December 31, 1994               $   600         $  270        $113,777          $79,170          $4,284
     Net income                                   ---            ---             ---           17,059             ---
     Dividends paid to Pitney Bowes Inc.          ---            ---             ---          (12,255)            ---
     Stock transfer of Dictaphone Canada          ---             68             130              ---             ---
     Translation adjustments                      ---            ---             ---              ---           1,825
                                               -------         ------       --------          -------          ------
     Balance, August 11, 1995                 $   600         $  338        $113,907          $83,974          $6,109
                                               =======         ======       ========          =======          ======

</TABLE>

5.   RETIREMENT PLANS

         The  Company  has several  defined  benefit  and  defined  contribution
     pension plans covering substantially all employees worldwide.  Benefits are
     primarily based on employees'  compensation  and years of service.  Company
     contributions  are  determined  based on the funding  requirements  of U.S.
     federal and other governmental laws and regulations.

         Total pension  expense was $.5 million for the  thirty-two  week period
     ended August 11, 1995.  Net pension  expense for defined  benefit plans for
     the  thirty-two  week period  ending August 11, 1995 included the following
     components:

                                                            32 WEEKS ENDED
                                                            AUGUST 11, 1995
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       UNITED STATES     FOREIGN
                                                       -------------     -------

      Service cost -- benefits earned during period     $1,005          $  80
      Interest cost on projected benefit obligations     2,423            417
      Actual return on assets                           (6,168)          (553)
      Net amortization (deferral)                        3,219           (154)
                                                        -------         ------
      Net periodic defined benefit pension
          expense (income)                              $  479          $(210)
                                                        =======         ======


                                       51
<PAGE>


5.   RETIREMENT PLANS (CONTINUED)

         The funded status at August 11, 1995 for the Company's  defined benefit
     plans was:

                                                        32 WEEKS ENDED
                                                       AUGUST 11, 1995
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                UNITED STATES      FOREIGN
                                                -------------      ---------
      Actuarial present value of:
         Vested benefits                           $42,212         $ 8,203
                                                    ------         -------
         Accumulated benefit obligations           $45,623         $ 8,203
                                                   -------         -------
      Projected benefit obligations                $51,467         $ 9,297
                                                   -------         -------
      Plan assets at fair value, primarily stocks
        and bonds, adjusted by:                    $55,615         $11,473
         Unrecognized net loss (gain)              (2,835)           1,691
         Unrecognized net asset                    (1,832)          (1,353)
         Unamortized prior service costs from
           plan amendments                          1,080              ---
                                                   ------          -------
                                                   52,028           11,811
                                                   ------          -------
      Net pension asset                            $ (561)         $(2,514)
                                                   ======          =======

      Assumptions for defined benefit plans*:
      Discount rate                                 8.75%        7.75%-8.25%
      Rate of increase in future
          compensation levels                       5.75%        5.5%-6.0%
      Expected long-term rate of return
           on plan assets                           9.50%        9.0%-9.5%
- ----------

      *  Pension costs are determined  using  assumptions as of the beginning of
         the year  while the  funded  status of the  plans is  determined  using
         assumptions as of the end of the year.

6.   NONPENSION POSTRETIREMENT AND POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

         The Company provides certain  postretirement  health and life insurance
     benefits for employees.  Full-time  employees electing  retirement who have
     attained  age 60 and  have at least  ten  years  service  are  entitled  to
     postretirement  healthcare  as provided to active  employees on the date of
     retirement.  Life insurance  coverage upon retirement for employees  having
     attained age 60 with at least 10 years of service is provided at 25% of the
     Company  provided amount in effect on the date of retirement,  to a maximum
     of  $10,000  and a minimum  of $2,500.  In the first  quarter of 1993,  the
     Company announced certain changes to its health care plans,  including plan
     cost maximums,  which should  significantly  reduce the ongoing incremental
     impact of FAS 106 on future earnings.

         The Company's total net nonpension postretirement benefit costs for the
     thirty-two  week period  ended August 11, 1995  consisted of the  following
     components:

                                                               AUGUST 11, 1995
                                                               ----------------
     Service cost-benefits earned during the period                  $  334
     Interest cost on accumulated postretirement
        benefit obligations                                             529
     Net deferral                                                      (729)
                                                                     ------
     Net periodic postretirement benefit costs                       $  134
                                                                     ======

                                       52


<PAGE>


6.   NONPENSION POSTRETIREMENT AND POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

         The Company's nonpension  postretirement  benefit plans are not funded.
     The status of the plans was as follows:

                                                         AUGUST 11, 1995
                                                         ---------------
     Accumulated postretirement benefit obligations:
         Retirees and dependents                           $ 7,924
         Fully eligible active plan participants               929
         Other active plan participants                      2,285
         Unrecognized net (loss) gain                        3,684
         Unrecognized prior service credit                   2,881
                                                           -------
     Net periodic postretirement benefit costs             $17,703
                                                           =======

         The  assumed  health  care  cost  trend  rate  used  in  measuring  the
     accumulated postretirement benefit obligations was 11.75% in 1994. This was
     assumed to  gradually  decline to 5.75% by the year 2000 and  remaining  at
     that level  thereafter.  A  one-percentage-point  increase  in the  assumed
     health care cost trend rate would increase the net periodic  postretirement
     health care cost by $0.1  million  for the  thirty-two  week  period  ended
     August 11, 1995.

         The assumed  weighted  average  discount rate used in  determining  the
     accumulated postretirement benefit obligations was 8.75% for the thirty-two
     week period ended August 11, 1995.

7.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

         On February  14,  1995,  Pitney  Bowes Inc.  filed a complaint  against
     Sudbury Systems,  Inc. in the United States District court for the District
     of Connecticut alleging  intentional and wrongful  interference with Pitney
     Bowes Inc.'s plans to sell  Dictaphone.  The complaint  seeks damages and a
     declaratory  judgment  relating to the validity of Sudbury  Systems  Inc.'s
     claim and the alleged  infringement  by  Dictaphone.  On February 14, 1995,
     Sudbury Systems,  Inc. filed a complaint  against  Dictaphone in the United
     States  District Court for the District of  Massachusetts  alleging  patent
     infringement and seeking  preliminary and permanent  injunctive  relief and
     treble damages.  The complaint filed by Sudbury did not quantify the amount
     of damages  sought.  The litigation is still in preliminary  stages and the
     Company  cannot  currently  make a  reasonable  estimate  of the  amount of
     damages  that  will  be  sought  by  Sudbury.  Management  believes  it has
     meritorious defenses to the complaint against Dictaphone. Consequently, the
     Company has not  provided  for any loss  exposure in  connection  with this
     complaint.  Additionally,  regardless  of the  outcome of this  litigation,
     Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  has  agreed to defend  this  action  and to  indemnify
     Dictaphone  for any  liabilities  arising from such  litigation.  Moreover,
     Pitney Bowes Inc.  believes it will prevail in its actions  against Sudbury
     Systems, Inc.

         On June 23, 1995, a complaint was filed in the United  States  District
     Court for the  Northern  District  of Illinois  by  Failsafe  Disk  Company
     ("Failsafe")  against the Company.  The complaint  alleged that the Company
     violated  Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Antitrust Act (the "Sherman Act")
     by preventing  Failsafe from selling 10 through 60 channel  recording tapes
     which,  according  to the  complaint,  are equal in quality to and lower in
     price than 10 through 60 channel  tapes sold by the Company and others.  On
     July 5, 1995,  the  complaint  was served upon the Company.  The  complaint
     sought  damages of $19.2  million,  subject to being  trebled in accordance
     with the provisions of the Sherman Act,  together with Failsafe's costs and
     expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys' fees.  Discovery only recently
     commenced and the Company is not in a position to fully assess the expected
     outcome of this litigation,  but management of the Company does not believe
     that it has  engaged in any  violations  of the  Sherman Act and intends to
     vigorously contest this litigation.  Although it is not possible to predict
     the outcome of any  litigation  with any  assurance,  the Company  does not
     believe this  complaint is likely to have a material  adverse effect on the
     Company's financial condition and results of operations.


                                       53

<PAGE>

7.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

         The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations
     concerning   the   environment,   and   is   currently   participating   in
     administrative  proceedings  as a  participant  in a group  of  potentially
     responsible  parties in  connection  with two third party  disposal  sites.
     These proceedings are at a preliminary stage, for which it is impossible to
     reasonably  estimate  the  potential  cost of  remediation,  the timing and
     extent  of  remedial   actions  which  may  be  required  by   governmental
     authorities,  and the amount of liability,  if any, of the Company alone or
     in relation to that of any other responsible  parties.  When it is possible
     to make a reasonable  estimate of the Company's  liability  with respect to
     such a matter, a provision will be made as appropriate.  Additionally,  the
     Company  has  settled  and paid its  liability  at three  other third party
     disposal  sites.  At a fourth  site,  the  Company  has paid  approximately
     $10,000 for its share of the costs of the first phase of the cleanup of the
     site and the Company believes that it has no continuing  material liability
     for any later phases of the  cleanup.  Consequently,  the Company  believes
     that its future liability, if any, for these four sites is not material. In
     addition,  regardless  of the  outcome of such  matters,  Pitney  Bowes has
     agreed to indemnify  Dictaphone in connection  with retained  environmental
     liabilities  and for  breaches  of the  environmental  representations  and
     warranties, subject to certain limitations.

         The  Company is a  defendant  in a number of  additional  lawsuits  and
     administrative  proceedings,   none  of  which  will,  in  the  opinion  of
     management,  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  combined
     financial position or results of operations.

         Dictaphone  does not believe that the Sudbury and Failsafe  litigations
     and the environmental  matters  described above in the aggregate,  create a
     material loss exposure to the Company's  financial  position and results of
     operations.

8.   LEASES

         The Company leases certain  factory and office  facilities  under lease
     agreements  extending  from three to  twenty-five  years.  In  addition  to
     factory and office  facilities  leased,  the Company  leases  computer  and
     information  processing  equipment  under lease  agreements  extending from
     three to five years.

         Future minimum lease  payments for operating  leases as of December 31,
     1994 are as follows:

                                                  OPERATING
                                                    LEASES
                                                  ---------
         Years ending December 31:
            1995                                    $ 5,018
            1996                                      2,696
            1997                                      1,639
            1998                                        763
            1999                                        534
            Later years                               3,729
                                                    --------
                 Total minimum lease payments       $14,379
                                                    ========

         Rental  expense  under  operating  leases  was  $3.6  million  for  the
     thirty-two week period ended August 11, 1995.

9.   FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

         The following  methods and  assumptions  were used to estimate the fair
     value of each class of financial instruments:

         CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS,  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND ACCOUNTS PAYABLE.  The
     carrying  amounts  approximate  fair value because of the short maturity of
     these instruments.

                                       54
<PAGE>

9.   FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

         FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS. The fair value of foreign currency
     exchange  contracts is obtained from dealer quotes.  These values represent
     the  estimated  amount  the  Company  would  receive  or pay  to  terminate
     agreements  taking into  consideration  current  interest rates, the credit
     worthiness of the  counterparties  and current  foreign  currency  exchange
     rates. The fair value of such contracts was not significant at December 31,
     1994.

10.  SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SEGMENT INFORMATION

         The following are the supplemental  combining  statements of income and
     combining  statements  of cash flows for the  thirty-two  week period ended
     August 11, 1995.


                  DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR COMPANY)
                   SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINING STATEMENT OF INCOME
                                 32 WEEKS ENDED
                                 AUGUST 11, 1995


                                  DICTAPHONE  DICTAPHONE   COMBINING
                                     U.S.      NON-U.S.   ADJUSTMENTS  COMBINED
                                  ---------   ----------  -----------  ---------
    Revenue from:
       Sales and rentals           $130,013    $ 23,275    $ (5,196)   $148,092
       Support services              45,074       8,937         ---      54,011
                                   --------    --------    --------    --------
         Total revenue              175,087      32,212      (5,196)    202,103
                                   --------    --------    --------    --------
    Costs and expenses:
       Cost of sales, rentals
         and support services        94,895      17,907      (5,164)    107,638
       Selling and administrative    49,301      11,103         ---      60,404
       Research and development       7,004         ---         ---       7,004
       Interest (income) net            (24)     (1,376)        ---      (1,400)
                                   --------    --------    --------    --------
         Total costs and expenses   151,176      27,634      (5,164)    173,646
                                   --------    --------    --------    --------

    Income before income taxes       23,911       4,578         (32)     28,457
    Provision (benefit)for
        income taxes                  9,921       1,514         (37)     11,398
                                   ---------   ---------   ---------    -------
    Net income                     $ 13,990    $  3,064    $      5     $17,059
                                   =========   =========   =========    =======




                                       55

<PAGE>


10. SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SEGMENT INFORMATION
    (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                  DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR COMPANY)
                  SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW
                                 32 WEEKS ENDED
                                 AUGUST 11, 1995


                                                      DICTAPHONE       DICTAPHONE      COMBINING
                                                          U.S.           NON-U.S.      ADJUSTMENTS      COMBINED
                                                      ----------       ----------      -----------      --------
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>             <C>         <C>    

   Cash flows from operating activities:
      Net income                                     $ 13,990          $ 3,064            $    5         $17,059
      Adjustments to reconcile net
        income to cash provided by
        operating activities:
        Depreciation and amortization                   4,069              862               ---           4,931
        Decrease in deferred income taxes                 ---              ---               ---             ---
        Change in assets and liabilities:
           Accounts receivable                         (1,750)             303               143          (1,304)
           Inventories                                 (8,767)           1,545                32          (7,190)
           Other current assets                        (9,431)            (457)              (57)         (9,945)
           Accounts payable and
             accrued liabilities                        1,531              648              (123)          2,056
           Advance billings                             2,577              142               ---           2,719
           Other assets and other                      (4,016)            (302)              ---          (4,318)
                                                       -------         --------          --------        --------
    Cash provided by operating activities              (1,797)           5,805               ---           4,008
                                                       -------         --------          --------        --------

    Cash flows from investing activities:
      Net investment in fixed assets                   (4,740)            (798)               ---         (5,538)
                                                       --------         -------           -------        --------

    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                ---              77               ---              77
                                                       --------          -------          --------       --------
    Cash flow available to (financed by)
      Pitney Bowes Inc.                                $(6,537)         $ 5,084           $  ---         $(1,453)
                                                       =======          ========          ========       ========
</TABLE>



                                       56

<PAGE>


                                                                   SCHEDULE II


                             DICTAPHONE CORPORATION

                 SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS



                                  BALANCE AT   CHARGED TO              BALANCE
                                   BEGINNING   COSTS AND              AT END OF
      DESCRIPTION                  OF PERIOD   EXPENSES  DEDUCTIONS    PERIOD
      -----------                  ---------   --------- ----------   ---------


YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
- ----------------------------
Allowance for doubtful accounts    $1,339      $   72     $  601     $  810

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
- ----------------------------
Allowance for doubtful accounts     1,462       1,599      1,722      1,339

20 WEEKS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
- --------------------------------
Allowance for doubtful accounts     1,095         785        418      1,462

32 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 11, 1995
- ------------------------------
Allowance for doubtful accounts     1,049         618        572      1,095











                                       57
<PAGE>



ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
           ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

      None.


                                    PART III

ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

      The  following  table sets forth certain  information  with respect to the
persons who are members of the Board of Directors or were executive  officers of
the Company as of March 15, 1998.

NAME                            AGE    POSITION
- ----                            ---    --------

John H. Duerden.........        57    Chairman,  Chief  Executive  Officer and 
                                      President
Albert J. Fitzgibbons, III      52    Director
Emil F. Jachmann........        51    Director
Stephen M. McLean.......        40    Director
Alexis P. Michas........        40    Director
Scott M. Shaw...........        35    Director
Peter P. Tong...........        56    Director
Tim Butler .............        43    Senior      Vice   President  and  General
                                      Manager, Integrated Voice Systems
Joseph Delaney..........        52    Senior   Vice  President, Customer Service
                                      Operations
Ronald A. Elwell........        37    Senior    Vice   President   and   General
                                      Manager,  Communications Recording Systems
Daniel P. Hart..........        39    Senior  Vice   President,   General
                                      Counsel and Secretary
Thomas C. Hodge.........        52    Senior Vice  President, Manufacturing and
                                      Logistics
Robert G. Schwager......        44    Senior Vice President and General Manager,
                                      Integrated Health Systems
Joseph D. Skrzypczak....        42    Senior  Vice  President,   Chief Financial
                                      Officer and Director
Robert E. Trimper.......        59    Senior  Vice  President, International
                                      Operations

      The business  experience of each of the  directors and executive  officers
during the past five years is as follows:

      JOHN H.  DUERDEN  has served as  Chairman,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and
President  of the  Company  since  August  1995.  Mr.  Duerden  served  as Joint
President and Chief  Operations  Officer of the Reebok Brands division of Reebok
International Limited, with responsibility for global sales, finance, operations
and  production  from October 1994 to February 1995. He was a Director of Reebok
International  Limited  from  June  1991  until  April  1995.  Mr.  Duerden  was
previously  President of Worldwide  Operations for Reebok,  from January 1994 to
September  1994  and,  before  that,   President  of  the  Reebok  International
Operations  group of the Reebok Brands  division from October 1992 until January
1994.  Prior to that, Mr. Duerden was President and Chief  Executive  Officer of
the Reebok Brands division from February 1990 to September 1992 and President of
Reebok  International  Operations  from October 1988 to February 1990.  Prior to
joining Reebok,  Mr. Duerden was employed by Xerox Corporation for 20 years in a
variety of corporate and international  management positions.  In February 1997,
Mr. Duerden became a limited partner of Stonington Partners, L.P. ("SPLP"). Mr.
Duerden is a director of Sunglass Hut International, Inc.


                                       58
<PAGE>


      ALBERT J.  FITZGIBBONS,  III has served as a Director of the Company since
August 1995. Mr. Fitzgibbons is a Partner and a Director of Stonington Partners,
Inc.  ("Stonington  Partners"),  a  position  that he has held  since 1993 and a
Partner and a Director of  Stonington  Partners,  Inc. II  ("Stonington  II"), a
position he has held since  1994.  Mr.  Fitzgibbons  has also been a Director of
Merrill  Lynch  Capital  Partners,  Inc.  ("MLCP"),  a private  investment  firm
associated  with Merrill Lynch & Co.,  since 1988. He was a Partner of MLCP from
1993 to 1994 and  Executive  Vice  President  of MLCP  from  1988 to  1993.  Mr.
Fitzgibbons was also a Managing  Director of the Investment  Banking Division of
Merrill Lynch & Co. from 1978 to July 1994.  Mr.  Fitzgibbons is also a Director
of Borg-Warner  Security  Corporation,  Merisel,  Inc.,  United Artists  Theater
Circuit, Inc., U.S. Foodservice, Inc. and a privately held company.

     EMIL F. JACHMANN has served as a Director of the Company since August 1995.
Mr.  Jachmann is President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of Zen Research  Inc.,
which  develops and markets  high  performance  optical  disc drive  technology,
primarily  advanced  detection optics and chip sets. He has held these positions
since January 1995. Mr.  Jachmann was President of EFJ Associates from June 1994
to  January  1995.  From June 1991  until June  1994,  he was  President  of the
Shipping and Weighing  Systems  Division of Pitney Bowes.  Mr. Jachmann was also
President of Dictaphone Canada Ltd. from June 1990 to June  1991.  Mr.  Jachmann
is a director of Paradyne, Inc. and several privately held companies.

     STEPHEN M. MCLEAN has served as a Director of the  Company  since May 1996.
Mr. McLean is a Partner and a Director of Stonington  Partners,  a position that
he has  held  since  1993.  Mr.  McLean  is also a  Partner  and a  Director  of
Stonington  II, a position  he has held since 1994.  Mr.  McLean has also been a
member of the Board of  Directors  of MLCP since 1987.  He was a Partner of MLCP
from 1993 to July 1994 and a Senior  Vice  President  of MLCP from 1987 to 1993.
Mr. McLean was also a Managing  Director of the Investment  Banking  Division of
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated from 1987 to 1994. Mr. McLean
is a  Director  of CMI  Industries,  Inc.,  Merisel,  Inc.,  Packard  BioScience
Company, Pathmark Stores, Inc. and Supermarkets General Holdings Corporation and
several privately held companies.

      ALEXIS P. MICHAS has served as Director of the Company since August  1995.
Mr.  Michas is the Managing  Partner and a Director of  Stonington  Partners,  a
position that he has held since 1993.  Mr.  Michas is also the Managing  Partner
and a Director of Stonington  II, a position he has held since 1994.  Mr. Michas
has also been a Director of MLCP since 1989.  he was a Partner of MLCP from 1993
to 1994 and Senior Vice President of MLCP from 1989 to 1993. Mr. Michas was also
a Managing  Director of the Investment  Banking  Division of Merrill Lynch & Co.
from 1991 to July 1994 and a Director  in the  Investment  Banking  Division  of
Merrill  Lynch & Co.  from 1990 to 1991.  Mr.  Michas is also a Director of Blue
Bird   Corporation,   Borg-Warner   Automotive,   Inc.,   Borg-Warner   Security
Corporation, Goss Graphics Systems, Inc., Packard BioScience Company and several
privately held companies.

      SCOTT M. SHAW has served as a Director of the Company since  August  1995.
Mr. Shaw is a Principal  of  Stonington  Partners,  a position  that he has held
since  1993.  Mr.  Shaw was an  Associate  of MLCP from 1991 to July 1994 and an
Analyst of MLCP from 1986 to 1989.  Mr.  Shaw was also a Vice  President  of the
Investment Banking Division of Merrill Lynch & Co. from January to July 1994, an
Associate of the Investment Banking Division of Merrill Lynch & Co. from 1991 to
1994, and an Analyst of the Investment  Banking  Division of Merrill Lynch & Co.
from  1986 to 1989.  Mr.  Shaw is also a  Director  of  United  Artists  Theater
Circuit, Inc.

      PETER P. TONG has served as a Director of the Company since February 1997.
Mr. Tong is a Private  Investor.  From January 1996 to May 1996, Mr. Tong served
as the  Co-President of Marquette  Electronics,  Inc., a manufacturer of medical
equipment.  From  1991 to 1996,  he  served  as  President,  Chairman  and Chief
Executive  Officer  of E for M  Corporation.  Mr.  Tong  is also a  Director  of
Marquette  Electronics,  Inc.  and is also on the Boards of Directors of several
privately held companies.

      TIM  BUTLER has  served as Senior  Vice  President  and  General  Manager,
Integrated  Voice Systems since July 1997.  From 1986 to 1997, Mr. Butler served
as Managing Partner of the Merit Group, a private consulting firm.

                                       59

<PAGE>

      JOSEPH  DELANEY  has served as Senior  Vice  President,  Customer  Service
Operations  since  October  1997,  and  as  Vice  President,   Customer  Service
Operations  from June to October 1997.  From January to June 1997,  Mr.  Delaney
served as acting Vice  President of Customer  Service  Operations.  Mr.  Delaney
joined  Dictaphone  Corporation in December 1968 as a service  representative in
Detroit,   Michigan.   Since  that  time  he  has  held  various   positions  of
responsibility  with Dictaphone.  Mr. Delaney served as District Service Manager
in  Detroit,  Michigan  from June 1976 to October  1990 and  served as  Regional
Service Director, Southern Region from November 1990 to January 1997.

      RONALD A. ELWELL has served as Senior Vice President and General  Manager,
Communications  Recording  Systems since October 1997 and as Vice  President and
General Manager,  Communications  Recording Systems from August to October 1997.
From April  1996 to August  1997,  he served as Vice  President,  Marketing  and
Product  Development  for the  Company  and  served as Vice  President,  Product
Development  and Engineering for Dictaphone from January 1996 to April 1996. Mr.
Elwell joined  Dictaphone  Corporation in December 1983.  Since that time he has
held various positions of responsibility  with Dictaphone.  Mr. Elwell served as
District  Manager in  Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania  from 1988 to 1992 and served as
General  Manager of Dictaphone  Canada from 1992 to November 1995. From November
1995  to  January  1996,  he was a Vice  president  in the  Company's  Marketing
department.

      DANIEL P. HART has served as Senior Vice President and General  Counsel of
the Company since October 1997 and Vice President, General Counsel from November
1995 to October  1997.  Mr.  Hart is also  responsible  for the human  resources
department and business development activities. Mr. Hart has served as Secretary
of the  Company  since  November  1995.  From 1993 to 1994,  Mr.  Hart served as
General Counsel of Brooke Group Ltd. and certain of its affiliates and from 1988
to 1993 served as  Associate  General  Counsel of such  companies.  Mr. Hart was
consultant and private investor from 1994 to 1995.

      THOMAS C. HODGE has served as Senior  Vice  President,  Manufacturing  and
Logistics  since October 1997, and as Vice President,  Operations  Manufacturing
for the Company's facility in Melbourne, Florida from June 1989 to October 1997.
Prior to June 1989,  he held  various  positions  throughout  the  manufacturing
facility.  Mr. Hodge  joined  Dictaphone  Corporation  in October  1978,  as the
Production Control Manager.

      ROBERT G.  SCHWAGER  has  served  as Senior  Vice  President  and  General
Manager, Integrated Health Systems since October 1997, and as Vice President and
General  Manager,  Integrated  Health Systems from August to October 1997.  From
October  1995 to August  1997,  Mr.  Schwager  served as Vice  President,  Sales
Operations,   North   America,   and  served  as  Vice   President,   Sales  for
Communications  Recording  Systems  from  February  1994 to  October  1995.  Mr.
Schwager joined Dictaphone  Corporation in 1978 as a Sales Representative in the
Milwaukee  District  Office.  He progressed  through  various  sales  management
positions  to that of  Regional  Sales  Vice  President  in 1988.  In 1989,  Mr.
Schwager  joined  the  Company's  headquarters  staff  as  the  Vice  President,
Marketing.  Mr. Schwager was also  responsible  for the Company's  international
operations from September 1992 to March 1996.

      JOSEPH D. SKRZYPCZAK has been a Director of the Company since August 1995.
Mr.  Skrzypczak has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer
for Dictaphone  Corporation  since October 1997 and served as Vice President and
Chief  Financial  Officer from May 1994 to October  1997.  While serving in such
capacity at Pitney  Bowes,  his  responsibilities  covered  Pitney  Bowes Office
Systems,  which included the Company,  Copier Systems, and Facsimile Systems, in
which capacity he was directly  responsible for all financial and administrative
activities  of the Company.  In May 1989,  Mr.  Skrzypczak  was  appointed  Vice
President,  Finance,  Facsimile  Systems,  from which time his role  expanded to
include  finance  responsibilities  for  Copier  Systems  and  Dictaphone.   Mr.
Skrzypczak  joined Pitney Bowes in 1981 and held various  management  positions.
Prior to joining Pitney Bowes, Mr. Skrzypczak worked for Price Waterhouse. He is
a certified public accountant.

      ROBERT  E.  TRIMPER  has  been  the  Company's   Senior  Vice   President,
International  Operations  since  October  1997,  and served as Vice  President,
International Operations from March 1996 to October 1997. From 1991 to 1996, Mr.
Trimper  served as  President  of Middle  East and Africa  operations  for Xerox
Corporation.  Mr. Trimper served in various other management  capacities  within
Xerox Corporation prior to 1991.

                                       60
<PAGE>

      Messrs. Fitzgibbons, Michas  and  Shaw  serve  as  members  of  the  Audit
Committee and the Compensation Committee (the "Compensation Committee"). Each of
Messrs.  Fitzgibbons,  McLean,  Michas  and Shaw is an  employee  of  Stonington
Partners and serves on the Board of Directors of the Company as a representative
of Stonington.

      The Company's  directors are elected to serve until their  successors have
been elected and  qualified.  Other than Mr.  Jachmann and Mr. Tong who earned a
$25,000  fee in 1997,  no member of the Board  received  any annual  retainer or
meeting  fees.  All  members  of the  Board  of  Directors  are  reimbursed  for
out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred in connection  with meeting  attendance.  Each
officer of the Company serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, subject
the terms of any existing employment agreement.

      There are no family  relationships among any of the directors or executive
officers of the Company.

ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

      The following table sets forth  information  concerning  compensation  for
services  in all  capacities  awarded  to,  earned by or paid to each person who
served as the Company's  President and Chief  Executive  Officer during 1997 and
the four other most highly compensated executive officers of the Company,  whose
aggregate cash and cash equivalent  compensation  exceeded  $100,000 (the "named
executives") during 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                                                                    LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                                    ----------------------
                                                     ANNUAL COMPENSATION             AWARDS           PAYOUTS
                                        ------------------------------------------  --------          ---------
                                                                     OTHER           SECURITIES       LONG-TERM
  NAME AND                                                           ANNUAL          UNDERLYING     INCENTIVE PLAN    ALL OTHER
PRINCIPAL POSITION              YEAR     SALARY($)    BONUS($)   COMPENSATION(1)($)  OPTIONS(#)       PAYOUTS($)    COMPENSATION($)
- ------------------              ----     ---------    -------    -----------------   -----------     -------------  ---------------
<S>                             <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>                <C>                <C>            <C>

John H. Duerden                 1997    $985,981     $497,500     $ 95,713              325,000             ---         $172,540(4)
 Chairman, President            1996     660,000      660,000      108,407                  ---             ---          142,024
 and Chief Executive            1995     373,154      327,250(3)   100,390              210,000             ---               33
 Officer(2)

Robert Trimper                  1997      251,102     126,500          ---                5,000             ---            2,902(4)
 Senior VP, International       1996      188,666     141,918(6)       ---               30,000             ---              334
 Operations(5)

Joseph D. Skrzypczak,           1997      239,171     137,500       12,455                  ---             ---           17,047(4)
 Senior VP, Chief               1996      167,607     140,791       11,828                  ---             ---           15,365
 Financial Officer              1995      149,317     118,864(3)    20,873               45,000(7)          ---           26,080

Robert G. Schwager,             1997      199,796      77,500          ---                  ---             ---              837(4)
 Senior VP & General            1996      184,377     106,933          ---                  ---             ---              100
 Manager, Integrated            1995      168,486     106,811(3)     1,940                45,000(7)          ---             100
 Health Systems

Ronald A. Elwell,               1997       191,333     77,500          ---                15,000             ---           2,970(4)
 Senior VP & General            1996       151,389     77,760       88,501                   ---             ---           1,229
 Manager, Communica-            1995        80,225     55,281(3)    34,573                30,000             ---              94
 tions Recording Systems

                                       
</TABLE>

                                                    61
<PAGE>


- ---------------------------
      (1)  The  amounts  reported  in this  column for 1997 and 1996 for each of
           Messrs.  Duerden and Skrzypczak and for 1995 for Messrs.  Skrzypczak,
           Schwager and Elwell  reflect tax gross ups made by the  Company.  The
           amounts  reported  in this  column  for Mr.  Elwell in 1996  includes
           $22,916 in  relocation  expenses  and  $65,585 of tax  gross-up.  The
           amounts  reported  in this  column for Mr.  Duerden in 1995  includes
           $80,084 in  relocation  expenses  and  $20,306 of tax gross ups.  The
           aggregate  value  of the  perquisites  and  other  personal  benefits
           received by each of Messrs. Duerden, Trimper, Skrzypczak and Schwager
           in 1997 and  1996, for  Mr. Elwell  in  1997,  and  each  of  Messrs.
           Skrzypczak,  Schwager  and  Elwell  in 1995  have not been  reflected
           because the amount was below the Securities and Exchange Commission's
           (the  "Commission")  threshold for  disclosure  (i.e.,  the lesser of
           $50,000  or 10% of the  total of  annual  salary  and  bonus for such
           officer).

      (2)  Mr. Duerden became  Chairman,  Chief Executive  Officer and President
           of the Company on August 11, 1995.

      (3)  Includes bonus amounts paid by Pitney Bowes in the following  amount:
           Mr.  Duerden  --  $0;  Mr. Skrzypczak  --  $49,500;  Mr.  Schwager --
           $85,300; and  Mr. Elwell --  $0.

      (4)  The  compensation  reflected  in this column for 1997 is comprised of
           Company   contributions  to  the  Company's  Deferred  Savings  Plan,
           supplemental  contributions under supplemental  benefits arrangements
           and Company paid life insurance premiums. Specifically, these amounts
           for fiscal 1997 were $0, $121,226 and $51,314 for Mr. Duerden;  $858,
           $1,267 and $777 for Mr.  Trimper;  $3,588,  $13,359  and $100 for Mr.
           Skrzypczak;  $737, $0 and $100 for Mr. Schwager;  and $2,870,  $0 and
           $100 for Mr. Elwell.

      (5)  Mr. Trimper became an executive officer of the Company in March 1996.

      (6)  Includes a special one-time sign on bonus in the amount of $50,000.

      (7)  The  number  of  options  granted  in 1995  varies  from the  numbers
           presented in the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for 1995 as a
           result of the  forfeiture  after  March 31,  1996 of  certain  of the
           options  which  had been  granted  to the name  executives  under the
           Pitney Bowes Stock Option Plan.

STOCK OPTION GRANTS

      The following table sets forth information  regarding grants of options to
purchase  Common Stock during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 to each of
the named executives. No stock appreciation rights were granted during 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              OPTION GRANTS IN 1997

                                INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                                -----------------
                                                                                                        POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE
                                                                                                             AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                                     NUMBER OF           PERCENT OF                                        RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                                    SECURITIES          TOTAL OPTIONS                                        APPRECIATION FOR
                                    UNDERLYING           GRANTED TO          EXERCISE                         OPTION TERM (3)
                                     OPTIONS            EMPLOYEES IN         PRICE ($/     EXPIRATION    ---------------------------
                                    GRANTED(#)             1997(1)           SHARE)(2)       DATE           (5%)             (10%)
                                   -----------          ------------         ---------     ----------    --------           --------

NAME
- -----
<S>                                 <C>                  <C>                  <C>              <C>          <C>               <C>

John Duerden..................     325,000(4)                59%              $10.00         08/01/07       $5,293,908    $8,429,663
Robert Trimper................       5,000(4)                 1                10.00         08/11/05           81,445       129,687
Joseph D. Skrzypczak..........           ---                ---                  ---              ---              ---           ---
Robert G. Schwager............           ---                ---                  ---              ---              ---           ---
Ronald A. Elwell..............      15,000(4)                 3                10.00         08/11/05          244,334       389,061

</TABLE>

                                       62
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------

(1)   The Company granted options to  purchase  a  total  of  551,500  shares of
      Common Stock in 1997.

(2)   Each of the Company's  stock options were granted at the fair market value
      on the  date of  grant.  The fair  market  value  of the  Common  Stock on
      December  31, 1997 was $10.00 (as  determined  by the  Company's  Board of
      Directors).

(3)   Amounts reported in these columns  represent  amounts that may be realized
      upon exercise of options immediately prior to the expiration of their term
      assuming the specified  compounded  rates of appreciation  (5% and 10%) on
      the Common Stock over the term of the options. These assumptions are based
      on rules  promulgated  by the  Commission and do not reflect the Company's
      estimate of future stock price appreciation.  Actual gains, if any, on the
      stock  option  exercises  and common stock  holdings are  dependent on the
      timing of such  exercise  and the  future  performance  of the  underlying
      common  stock.  There can be no assurance  that the rates of  appreciation
      assumed in this table can be achieved or that the amounts  reflected  will
      be received by the option holder.

(4)   For Mr.  Duerden,  the options granted will vest as to one-third on August
      1, 1998 and as to an additional one-third on each anniversary  thereafter;
      and for Messrs.  Trimper and Elwell,  one-half of the options granted vest
      automatically  over a five year period  and,  of the other  half,  6% were
      retroactively  vested on April 15, 1996, 0% were  retroactively  vested on
      April 15, 1997, and the remaining  will become  eligible for vesting as to
      an  additional  20% on each of April 15,  1998,  1999 and  2000,  with the
      remaining  10%  on  April  15,  2001,  if  the  Company   attains  certain
      predetermined financial performance goals.

OPTION EXERCISES AND YEAR-END VALUE TABLE

      The following table sets forth information regarding the exercise of stock
options  during  fiscal  1997 and the number  and year end value of  unexercised
options  held at  December  31, 1997 by each of the named  executives.  No stock
appreciation rights were exercised by the named executives during fiscal 1997.

                    AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1997
                          AND FISCAL 1997 OPTION VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                            VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                           NUMBER OF SECURITIES                IN-THE-MONEY(1)
                                                                           UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED                (OPTIONS)
                                 ACQUIRED ON         VALUE              OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR-END (#)        AT FISCAL YEAR-END ($)
                                  EXERCISE (#)      REALIZED ($)         EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE        EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
                                 -------------      ------------        ------------------------------    -------------------------

NAME
- ----
<S>                               <C>                <C>                    <C>                              <C> 

John H. Duerden.........           ---                   ---                    48,300/486,700(2)               $0/$0(4)
Robert E. Trimper.......           ---                   ---                     8,050/26,950(2)                 0/0(4)
Joseph D. Skrzypczak....           ---                   ---                    10,350/34,650(2)                 0/0(4)
                                  4,000                $66,600                       0/0(3)                      0/0(5)
Robert G. Schwager......            ---                  ---                    10,350/34,650(2)                 0/0(4)
                                    ---                  ---                    7,900/0(3)                       214,197/0(5)
Ronald A. Elwell........            ---                  ---                   10,350/34,650(2)                  0/0(4)
                                  1,832                 22,320                       468/0(3)                    11,759/0(5)

</TABLE>

                                       63
<PAGE>

- -------------------------------

(1)   Options  are  "in-the-money"  if the fair market  value of the  underlying
      securities exceeds the exercise price of the options.

(2)   Represents  options  granted  under  the Company's Management Stock Option
      Plan.

(3)   Represents options granted under the Pitney Bowes Stock Option Plan during
      the period  1985  through  1996.  The numbers  have been  adjusted to give
      effect to the 1986, 1992 and 1998 two-for-one stock splits of Pitney Bowes
      stock.

(4)   The amounts set forth  represent the difference  between $10.00 per share,
      the fair  market  value of the Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of
      options at December 31, 1997 (as  determined  by the Board of  Directors),
      and the exercise price of the option,  multiplied by the applicable number
      of options.

(5)   The amounts set forth  represent the difference  between $44.97 per share,
      the fair market value of Pitney Bowes common stock  issuable upon exercise
      of options at December 31, 1997 and the exercise price of the Pitney Bowes
      option, multiplied by the applicable number of options.


PENSION PLANS

      The Company currently  maintains a  non-contributory  pension plan for all
employees (the "Pension Plan").  As of December 31, 1997, the estimated  pension
benefits  payable to the named  executives  are as set forth below.  The Pension
Plan  provides  monthly  benefits  at age 65 equal to the sum of (i) for service
before January 1, 1988, 0.75% of the participant's  average annual earnings from
1983 through 1987 up to $18,000 plus 1.25% of the  participant's  average annual
earnings from 1983 to 1987 above $18,000  multiplied by the participant's  years
of  credited  service  before  January 1, 1988 and (ii) for each year of service
after January 1, 1988, 1% of the participant's  annual earnings for each year up
to the Social  Security Wage Base (as defined) for that year plus 1.5% of annual
earnings  above the Social  Security  Wage Base for that year.  Annual  earnings
includes overtime pay, incentive pay and bonuses, but excludes reimbursements of
other expense allowances, fringe benefits or moving expenses. Employees' pension
rights vest after five years of service.  Benefits are also available  under the
Pension Plan upon early or deferred  retirement.  The projected  annual  benefit
under the qualified  pension plan at age 65 assuming no future increases in pay,
the social  security  wage base and Internal  Revenue Code (the "Code")  Section
401(a)(17)  limits  and  with  no  provision  for  the  Supplemental   Executive
Retirement Plan ("SERP") for the named  executives is as follows:  Mr. Duerden -
$19,225; Mr. Trimper - $0; Mr. Skrzypczak - $54,544; Mr. Schwager - $73,001; and
Mr. Elwell - $71,495.  The projected annual benefit under the qualified  pension
plan at age 65 assuming a 3% future  increase in pay, the Social  Security  Wage
Base and Code Section  401(a)(17)  limits and with no provision for the SERP for
the named executives is as follows: Mr. Duerden - $23,585; Mr. Trimper - $0; Mr.
Skrzypczak - $78,210; Mr. Schwager - $91,998; and Mr. Elwell - $105,450.

      The following table sets forth the estimated annual benefits, based on the
indicated credited years of service and the indicated average  compensation used
in  calculating  benefits,  assuming  a normal  retirement  at age 65, no future
increases in pay,  the Social  Security  Wage Base and Code  Section  401(a)(17)
limits and with no provision for the SERP implemented by the Company.

                              RETIREMENT PLAN TABLE

                                                YEARS OF SERVICE
                                   ---------------------------------------------
AVERAGE ANNUAL COMPENSATION        15      20        25      30        35
- ---------------------------       ------  ------  ------   ------    ------     


$130,000....................... $24,345  $32,460  $40,575  $48,690  $56,805
 160,000.......................  31,095   41,460   51,825   62,190   72,555



                                       64
<PAGE>


SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

      The Company  adopted the SERP for certain  executive  officers  during the
first  quarter of 1997 with benefits  determined  on a  retroactive  basis as of
January 1, 1996.  Benefits  under the SERP accrue  without regard to limitations
imposed  by Code  Sections  401(a)(17)  and 415 and are  offset  by any  benefit
accrued  under the Pension  Plan.  Participants  rights vest after five years of
service.

EMPLOYMENT AND CONSULTING AGREEMENTS

      On August 9, 1995, the Company  entered into an employment  agreement with
John  Duerden  pursuant  to which  Mr.  Duerden  agreed  to  serve as  Chairman,
President and Chief Executive  Officer of the Company for an initial  employment
term of two years (which term is automatically  extended for additional two-year
terms unless  affirmatively  terminated  by either the Company or Mr.  Duerden).
Pursuant to an amendment to Mr. Duerden's employment agreement, dated January 1,
1997 (as amended,  the  "Employment  Agreement"),  effective as of such date his
annual base salary was  increased  to  $995,000.  In  addition,  Mr.  Duerden is
eligible to receive an annual cash bonus ranging from $497,500 to $995,000 based
upon the attainment of certain personal and budgeted performance  objectives for
the Company as determined by the Board of Directors.

      Mr. Duerden's Employment Agreement also provides that if he terminates his
employment  without  Good Cause (as defined  therein) he will not, for two years
either (i) directly or indirectly, in any capacity, engage or participate in, or
become  employed  by or  under  advisory  or  consulting  or other  services  in
connection with any Prohibited  Business (as  hereinafter  defined) or (ii) make
any  financial  investment,  whether  in the form of equity or debt,  or own any
interest,  directly or indirectly,  in any Prohibited Business.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  Mr. Duerden is not restricted  from making any investment in any
company  whose  stock is listed on an American  securities  exchange or actively
traded in the  over-the-counter  market and has sales in excess of $500 million;
provided that (i) such investment does not give Mr. Duerden the right or ability
to control or influence the policy  decisions of any  Prohibited  Business,  and
(ii)  such  investment  does not  create a  conflict  of  interest  between  Mr.
Duerden's  duties  under  the  Employment  Agreement  and his  interest  in such
investment. For purposes of the Employment Agreement "Prohibited Business" means
any dictation  product or  communications  recording  systems  business  located
within,  or  providing  service to any area located  within,  any state or other
jurisdiction  to  which  the  Company  (or  any  of its  subsidiaries)  provides
dictation  products or communications  recording  systems  services,  or located
within, or providing  service to any area located within,  any other area within
the Untied States.

      Pursuant to the Employment Agreement,  if Mr. Duerden is terminated by the
Company without Cause or if he resigns for Good Reason (as defined therein), Mr.
Duerden is entitled  to receive a lump sum  payment  equal to two times his base
salary.  Mr. Duerden is not entitled to receive  severance in connection  with a
termination  for  Cause or  resignation  for  other  than  Good  Reason.  Upon a
termination of employment due to death or Disability (as defined  therein),  the
Company is  required to pay Mr.  Duerden or his  estate,  as the case may be, an
amount  equal to the sum of the  accrued  annual  base  salary as of the date of
death or Disability and the accrued unpaid annual bonus,  if any, for the fiscal
year  prior to the date of death or  Disability  and a  pro-rata  portion of the
annual bonus accrued to the date of such death or Disability.

      Mr. Duerden's Employment Agreement also includes a provision requiring the
Company to establish an annual deferred annuity bonus arrangement (the "Deferred
Annuity Bonus  Arrangement") on his behalf.  The Company  finalized the Deferred
Annuity Bonus  Arrangement in February 1997. The intended  annual benefit to Mr.
Duerden under the terms of the Deferred  Annuity Bonus  Arrangement is an amount
which is estimated to be equal to two-thirds of his average base salary over the
final three years of his employment  (reduced by amounts  receivable by him from
certain other pensions,  profit sharing accounts and Social Security).  Benefits
under the Deferred Annuity Bonus Arrangement are payable to Mr. Duerden annually
and are to be utilized by him for the purchase of an annuity contract chosen and
owned by him. As the owner of the  annuity  contract,  Mr.  Duerden has the sole
power to direct the investment funds held. The actual benefits under the annuity
contract are dependent upon Mr.  Duerden's  investment  decision.  Mr. Duerden's
entitlement to benefits  under the Deferred  Annuity Bonus  Arrangement  vest in
increments  of  one-twelfth  for each full year of  employment  from his date of
hire.

                                       65
<PAGE>

      As part of his  employment  arrangement,  Mr.  Duerden  agreed to purchase
70,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock.  Mr. Duerden  purchased such shares
on  August  11,  1995  with  funds  provided  by  the  Company  pursuant  to  an
interest-bearing  non-recourse loan in the amount of $350,000.  Mr. Duerden also
received  210,000  options  under  the  Plan  (as  hereinafter   defined).   See
"Management  Stock Option Plan".  The 1995 options  granted to, and Common Stock
purchased by, Mr.  Duerden are subject to the same  conditions as apply to other
Management  Investors (as hereinafter  defined),  as described in  "Stockholders
Agreement" (as hereinafter  defined).  Pursuant to the January 1, 1997 amendment
to the  Employment  Agreement,  the Company  granted Mr.  Duerden an  additional
325,000 stock options which options were granted on August 1, 1997 and which are
to vest in one-third  increments on the first three anniversaries of the date of
grant. These new options,  which have an exercise price of $10.00 per share, are
subject to the Plan.

      The Company has entered into a letter  employment  agreement  with each of
Messrs.  Skrzypczak,  Trimper, Schwager and Elwell. The agreements have no fixed
term of employment.  In the event of a termination (including in the case of Mr.
Skrzypczak,  a  voluntary  resignation  any time after  January 1, 1998) for any
reason other than for Cause (as defined),  Mr. Skrzypczak is entitled to receive
severance in an amount  equal to two years' base salary,  payable in a lump sum,
and Mr. Trimper is entitled to receive severance in an amount equal to up to two
years' base salary,  payable in accordance with the Company's  existing  payroll
practices  except in the event that it is  determined  that  severance  will not
continue  beyond twelve months in which event  severance  will be paid in a lump
sum. In addition,  the  Company's  past  practice and policy has been that, if a
Senior Vice President's  employment is terminated without Cause, such officer is
also entitled to receive any earned and unpaid  annual bonus  amounts.  Upon  an
involuntary  termination  of employment by the Company for any reason other than
for Cause or for Substantial Underperformance (as defined), Mr. Schwager and Mr.
Elwell are  entitled to receive  salary  continuation  for a minimum of one year
after such termination of employment.  After the conclusion of the first year of
salary  continuation,  if Messrs.  Schwager  or Elwell  have not  secured  other
employment,  the  Company has agreed to extend,  for a maximum of 12  additional
months,  such  salary  continuation  on a  month-by-month  basis  as long as the
respective officer, using reasonable efforts,  has not secured other employment.
In addition,  Mr. Skrzypczak's bonus for 1998 has been guaranteed to be not less
than fifty percent (50%) of his base salary.

      Each of Messrs. Skrzypczak, Trimper, Schwager and Elwell are also entitled
to receive  outplacement  services and are entitled to  participate  in medical,
dental and life  insurance  plans,  under the same terms and  conditions as when
they were  employed by the  Company,  until the earlier of the  commencement  of
employment  with a subsequent  employer or the twelve month  anniversary  of the
date of termination of employment. Each of Messrs. Skrzypczak, Trimper, Schwager
and  Elwell  are also  entitled  to an  additional  six-month  period of medical
insurance coverage as required under Section 498B of the Code.

      The Company has entered into a  supplemental  compensation  agreement with
Mr. Skrzypczak.  The agreement provides benefits under a supplemental  executive
retirement  arrangement  without regard to any  limitations  under Code Sections
401(a)(17) and 415 and will be reduced by amounts  receivable by Mr.  Skrzypczak
from certain other pensions. Mr. Skrzypczak is 100% vested in his benefits under
this arrangement.

      In November 1995, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Mr.
Jachmann, a director of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Mr.
Jachmann  agreed to act as a consultant  to the Company for an original  term of
one year,  August 11, 1995 through  August 11, 1996.  Although a new  consulting
agreement  has not been  executed,  the  Company  has  continued  to utilize Mr.
Jachmann's  services  on  a  month-by-month  basis.  In  consideration  for  his
consulting  services,  Mr.  Jachmann  receives  $3,000 per day. During 1997, Mr.
Jachmann  received  no income for  consulting  services.  Mr.  Jachmann  is also
entitled to receive $25,000 for services as a Director.

      In April 1997, the Company entered into a  consulting  agreement  with Mr.
Tong, a Director of the Company.  In consideration for his consulting  services,
Mr. Tong receives $1,500  per  day.  During 1997, Mr. Tong was paid  $6,524  for
consulting services. Mr. Tong is also entitled to receive  $25,000 for  services
as a Director.


                                       66

<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT STOCK OPTION PLAN

      On August 11, 1995, the Company adopted the Management  Stock Option Plan,
which was  amended on April 27,  1996 and on August 1, 1997  (collectively,  the
"Plan"), pursuant to which officers, key employees and non-employee directors of
the Company (the  "Participants")  may be granted  options to purchase shares of
Common  Stock.  The  Compensation  Committee  of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company (the "Committee") has the discretion to select those to whom options are
granted (from among those  eligible) and to determine  the exercise  price,  the
duration and other terms and conditions of the options. The Plan also allows the
Committee to determine  whether options granted are to be "Service  Options" (as
hereinafter defined).  The Committee has the authority to interpret and construe
the Plan and any interpretation or construction of the provisions of the Plan or
of any options granted under the Plan by the Committee are final and conclusive.

      The Plan  provides  that Service  Options will vest  automatically  over a
five-year  period (20% of the  options  vesting  each year) and the  Performance
Options will vest as to specified  percentages  over a five-year period based on
predetermined  financial  performance  goals. As to all outstanding  Performance
Options,  10% were eligible for vesting on April 15, 1996, 20% were eligible for
vesting on April 15, 1997 and the remaining  options become eligible for vesting
as to an  additional  20% on each of April 15,  1998,  1999 and  2000,  with the
remaining  10%  becoming  eligible  for  vesting  on  April  15,  2001.  For all
subsequent Performance Option grants, 20% are eligible for vesting on each April
15, based on the Company's  prior year  performance,  in any case, no later than
August 11,  2005,  provided  that the  applicable  Participant  continues  to be
employed or  continues  as a member of the Board.  Based on the  Company's  1995
performance,  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  determined  that  60% of the
Performance  Options eligible for vesting on April 15, 1996 would vest. Based on
the Company's 1996 performance, the Company's Board of Directors determined that
0% of the Performance Options eligible for vesting on April 15, 1997 would vest.
Performance  options  which are not vested on each of the April 15 vesting dates
remain  eligible for future vesting by the Board if the Company  reaches certain
enterprise  values. In the event of a Sale or an IPO (as defined therein) of the
Company  prior to August 11,  2000,  all  outstanding  Service  and  Performance
Options will become  immediately  vested and exercisable  prior to the effective
date of such Sale or IPO and appropriate  provisions will be required to be made
by the  Company to permit the  holders of options to realize the value of his or
her options in  connection  with such Sale or IPO to the same extent as if he or
she had exercised such options in full  immediately  prior to the effective date
of such Sale or IPO and participated therein.

      The terms  and  conditions  of an option  grant are set forth in a related
option agreement (the "Option  Agreement").  Options granted under the Plan will
terminate upon the earliest to occur of (a) the tenth anniversary of the date of
the Option  Agreement;  (b) the date on which the Company acquires any shares of
Common Stock or options held by the  Participant in connection with the exercise
of a Put or Call  Right (as  defined  in the  Stockholders  Agreement);  (c) the
six-month  anniversary  of the  date of  death of the  Participant;  (d)  unless
otherwise provided in an agreement between the Participant and the Company,  the
thirty-day anniversary of the date of the Participant's Retirement or Disability
(as defined  therein);  and (e) immediately upon a Participant's  termination of
employment or  directorship  other than due to death,  Retirement or Disability;
provided  that  the  term  of the  option  may be  extended  in the  event  of a
termination  of an  option  under  (c),  (d) or  (e)  above  if the  Participant
exercises a Put Right  prior to the time the option  would  otherwise  terminate
under (c), (d) or (e) above and a  Restriction  (as defined in the  Stockholders
Agreement)  prevents the Company from purchasing the options pursuant to the Put
Right.  Payment of the option exercise price may be made in cash or Common Stock
which has been held by the  Participant  for more than six months.  The Board or
Compensation  Committee  may also,  in its sole  discretion,  cancel  the vested
portion  of an option or  options  held by a  Participant  whose  employment  or
directorship  has  terminated in exchange for a cash payment equal to the excess
of the Fair Value  Price (as  defined in the Plan) of the option over the option
exercise  price,  multiplied  by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to
such cancelled options,  or may cancel any outstanding options in exchange for a
cash  payment to a  Participant  equal to the excess of the Fair Value Price (as
defined in the Plan) of the option over the option exercise price, multiplied by
the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such cancelled  options,  or may
cancel any  outstanding  options in exchange for a cash payment to a Participant
equal to the excess of the fair market value of the  consideration  received for
Stonington   Shares  by  the  Stonington   Investor  (each  as  defined  in  the
Stockholders  Agreement)  in any sale of all of the then issued and  outstanding
Stonington Shares over the exercise price of the option multiplied by the number
of shares of Common Stock subject to such cancelled options.

                                       67
<PAGE>

      The  maximum  number  of shares of Common  Stock  that are  available  for
options under the Plan is currently  1,200,000  shares. If options granted under
the Plan expire or terminate  without having been exercised in full or cancelled
in exchange for a cash or other payment,  the shares covered by such option will
again be available for grant under the Plan. In the event of the  declaration of
a stock  dividend,  or a  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  acquisition,
disposition,  separation,  recapitalization,  stock split,  split-up,  spin-off,
combination or exchange of any shares of Common Stock or like event,  the number
or  character of the shares  subject to the option or the exercise  price of any
option may be appropriately  adjusted as deemed  appropriate  by  the Committee.

      The Plan terminates upon, and no options may be granted after,  August 11,
2005,  unless the Plan has sooner  terminated  due to grant and full exercise or
cancellation  of options  covering all the shares  available for grant under the
Plan.  The  Board  may at any time  amend,  suspend  or  discontinue  the  Plan;
provided, however, that the Board may not alter, amend, discontinue or revoke or
otherwise impair any outstanding options granted under the Plan and which remain
unexercised  in a manner  adverse to the holders of the  options,  except if the
written consent of such holder is obtained.

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
           MANAGEMENT

      The following  sets forth  certain  information  regarding the  beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock as of March 15, 1998,  by (i) each person known to
the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock, (ii) each director of the Company,  (iii) each named executive,  and (iv)
all executive officers and directors of the Company, as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               AMOUNT AND NATURE
NAME AND ADDRESS                                                                  OF BENEFICIAL          PERCENTAGE
OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                                                OWNERSHIP(1)           OF CLASS
- -------------------                                                             -----------------        ----------
<S>                                                                              <C>                      <C>    

Stonington Capital Appreciation 1994 Fund, L.P.(2).................                  12,803,000             97.7%
   767 Fifth Avenue
   New York, New York  10153
John H. Duerden(3).................................................                     118,300                *
Robert E. Trimper(3)...............................................                      18,050                *
Joseph D. Skrzypczak(3)............................................                      25,350                *
Robert G. Schwager(3)..............................................                      25,350                *
Ronald A. Elwell(3)................................................                      20,350                *
Albert J. Fitzgibbons, III(4)......................................                  12,803,000             97.7%
Emil F. Jachmann(3)................................................                      10,000                *
Alexis P. Michas(4)................................................                  12,803,000             97.7%
Stephen M. McLean(4)...............................................                  12,803,000             97.7%
Peter P. Tong(3)...................................................                      10,000                *
Scott M. Shaw......................................................                        ---                ---
Directors and executive officers as a group ((15) persons)(4)(5)...                  13,110,470            100.0%

</TABLE>

- ----------------------------
*     Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding  shares
      of Common Stock.

(1)   Beneficial  ownership  is  determined  in  accordance  with the  rules and
      regulations  of  the  Commission.   In  computing  the  number  of  shares
      beneficially  owned  by a  person  and the  percentage  ownership  of that
      person,  shares of Common Stock  subject to options and  warrants  held by
      that person that are currently  exercisable or exercisable  within 60 days
      of March 15, 1998 are deemed outstanding.  Such shares,  however,  are not
      deemed  outstanding  for the purposes of computing  the  percentage of any
      other  person.  Except as  indicated in the  footnotes to this table,  the
      stockholders named in the table have sole voting and investment power with
      respect to the shares set forth opposite such stockholder's name.

                                       68
<PAGE>

(2)   Stonington is the record holder of 12,653,000  shares, or 97.7%, of Common
      Stock. Stonington also controls, but disclaims beneficial ownership of, an
      additional 150,000 shares purchased by an institutional investor, pursuant
      to the Stockholder Agreement. Stonington is a Delaware limited partnership
      whose limited partners consist of certain institutional investors,  formed
      to invest in  corporate  acquisitions  organized by  Stonington  Partners.
      SPLP, a Delaware limited partnership, is the general partner of Stonington
      with a 1%  economic  interest  in  Stonington.  Except  for such  economic
      interest,  SPLP  disclaims  beneficial  ownership  of the shares set forth
      above.  Stonington II, a Delaware  corporation,  is the general partner of
      SPLP  with a 1%  economic  interest  in SPLP.  Except  for  such  economic
      interest,  Stonington II disclaims  beneficial ownership of the shares set
      forth  above.   Stonington  Partners,  a  Delaware  corporation,   is  the
      management company for Stonington with a 7.4% interest in SPLP. Except for
      such economic interest, Stonington Partners disclaims beneficial ownership
      of the shares set forth  above.  The limited  partners of SPLP are certain
      current and former employees of Stonington  Partners,  entities controlled
      by  certain   employees  of  Stonington  and   individuals   with  special
      relationships to portfolio companies of Stonington.

      Pursuant to a management  agreement with Stonington,  Stonington  Partners
      has full  discretionary  authority  with  respect  to the  investments  of
      Stonington,   including   the  authority  to  make  and  dispose  of  such
      investments.  Stonington  Partners disclaims  beneficial  ownership of the
      shares  set  forth  above.  The  address  of  each  of  the  entities  and
      individuals listed in this footnote is c/o Stonington Partners,  Inc., 757
      Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10153.

(3)   Includes shares of Common Stock which the directors and executive officers
      have the right to acquire through the  exercise  of options within 60 days
      of March 15, 1998, as follows: Mr. Duerden - 48,300 shares; Mr. Trimper  -
      8,050  shares;  Mr.  Skrzypczak -  10,350  shares;  Mr.  Schwager - 10,350
      shares; Mr. Elwell - 10,350  shares;  Mr.  Jachmann - 10,000  shares;  and
      Mr. Tong - 10,000 shares.  Mr. Duerden is a 3.1% limited partner of SPLP.

(4)   The shares indicated as owned beneficially by Messrs. Fitzgibbons,  Michas
      and McLean are owned or controlled by Stonington and are included  because
      of their ownership of stock as status as directors of Stonington  Partners
      and  Stonington  II.  Messrs.  Fitzgibbons,  Michas  and  McLean  disclaim
      beneficial ownership of such shares.

(5)   Includes  161,470 shares of Common Stock subject to options  granted under
      the Plan which are currently  exercisable  or vest within 60 days of March
      15, 1998.


ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT AND MANAGEMENT LOANS

      In connection  with the  Acquisition,  the Company sold 197,000  shares of
Common  Stock to certain  key  members of the  Company's  Management,  including
Messrs.  Duerden,  Skrzypczak,  and Schwager  for  $1,970,000  (the  "Management
Placement").  The Company financed  $1,273,000 of the Management  Placement with
non-recourse  loans bearing interest at a rate equal to the Adjusted  Eurodollar
Rate (as defined) plus 2.75% in effect for the Revolving  Credit  Facility under
the Credit  Agreement.  Interest is due annually starting in August 1998. Unless
prepaid, all principal, accrued and unpaid interest is due and payable on August
7, 2005. The obligations  under the management  notes are secured by a pledge of
the proportionate  number of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Stockholders
Agreement. The name of each executive officer of the Company who participated in
the Management  Placement  whose  indebtedness to the Company exceeds $60,000 is
listed below: Mr. Duerden -- $350,000; Mr. Skrzypczak -- $95,600; and Mr.
Schwager -- $140,000.

      In connection with Mr. Trimper's employment arrangement,  the Company sold
Mr. Trimper 10,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Management Placement.

                                       69
<PAGE>

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

      The Company, Stonington, each of the institutional investors who purchased
$15  million  of  the  Company's  14%  Pay-in-Kind   Perpetual  Preferred  Stock
("Pay-in-Kind  Preferred  Stock"),  together with  warrants to purchase  350,000
shares of Common Stock (the  "Warrants") or $1.5 million of the Company's Common
Stock (the "Equity Private Placement"), and each of Messrs. Duerden, Skrzypczak,
Trimper,  Schwager and Elwell (each a "Stockholder")  entered into a stockholder
agreement (the "Stockholders  Agreement"),  which contains among other terms and
conditions,  provisions  relating to voting rights,  certain  restrictions  with
respect  to the  transfer  of  Common  Stock,  Pay-in-Kind  Preferred  Stock and
Warrants by certain parties thereunder, certain rights related to puts and calls
and certain registration rights granted by the Company with respect to shares of
Common Stock.

      Pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders  Agreement,  Stonington controls
the votes of the Common Stock purchased in the Equity Private Placements.  Under
the  Stockholders  Agreement,  Stonington also has the right to designate at any
time and from time to time at least three  Directors  of the Company and has the
right to remove such designees at any time and from time to time and each of the
Stockholders have agreed to vote in favor of such designation or removal of such
Directors. The Company currently has eight Board members.

      Pursuant  to the terms of the  Stockholders  Agreement,  in the event that
Stonington proposes to sell securities which, in the aggregate, represent 30% or
more of the Common Stock on a fully diluted basis to a third party which is not,
and  following  such  sale  will  not  be,  an  affiliate  of  Stonington,   the
Institutional  Investors  (as  defined in the  Stockholders  Agreement)  and the
Management  Investors (as defined in the  Stockholders  Agreement) will have the
right to elect to  participate  in such sale with respect to a certain number of
shares of Common Stock. In the event that Stonington proposes to sell securities
which,  in the  aggregate,  represent 30% or more of the Common Stock on a fully
diluted  basis to a third party which is not, and  following  such sale will not
be,  an  affiliate  of  Stonington,  Stonington  has the right to  require  each
Management Investor, Institutional Investor and such other stockholders who have
agreed to be bound to the  Stockholders  Agreement to  participate  in such sale
with respect to a certain number of shares of Common Stock.

      Management  Investors are not permitted to sell or transfer  Common Stock,
other than to Permitted  Transferees (as defined in the Stockholders  Agreement)
(i.e.,  family members and, upon the death of a Management  Investor,  to his or
her estate or  executors),  prior to the occurrence of the earlier of August 11,
2000 and an IPO (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement).  Following an IPO, a
Management  Investor  may  transfer  shares in  accordance  with Rule 144 of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or pledge shares to a
financial institution,  subject to applicable Securities Act restrictions. On or
after August 11, 2000,  if an IPO has not  occurred,  Management  Investors  are
permitted to sell Common Stock to third  parties  after first giving the Company
and the other Management Investors right of first refusal for the same number of
shares of Common Stock at the same price.

      Institutional  Investors are  permitted to sell or transfer  Common Stock,
other than to an Affiliate (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement),  prior to
the occurrence of an IPO.  Following an IPO, the  Institutional  Investors will,
with  certain  limited  exceptions,  generally  be permitted to sell or transfer
Common Stock subject to applicable Securities Act restrictions.  The Pay-in-Kind
Preferred  Stock and Warrants are subject to transfer  restrictions as set forth
in the Stockholders Agreement.

      Prior to an IPO,  the Company  will have the right to require a Management
Investor  to  sell  his or  her  shares  of  Common  Stock  and  Options  upon a
termination of employment for any reason.  Such right will be exercisable within
a period of one year after the date of  termination  of employment  (or within a
period of six months in the event of a termination  of employment  due to death)
at a price per share  equal to the higher of Fair Value Price (as defined in the
Stockholders  Agreement) or the original per share  purchase price of a share of
Common Stock and at a price per Option equal to the difference  between the Fair
Value Price or the  original  per share  purchase  price of the shares of Common
Stock  covered  by such  Option and the  exercise  price of the shares of Common
Stock covered by such Option, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock
covered by the Option.  Prior to an IPO, the  Management  Investor will have the
right to require the Company to  purchase  his or her shares of Common  Stock or
Options upon termination of employment due to death,  Disability,  Retirement or
Involuntary  Termination (as defined therein).

                                       70
<PAGE>

Such a right will be  exercisable  within a period of 180 days after the date of
termination  of employment due to death,  Disability,  Retirement or Involuntary
Termination  (a) at a price per share of Common  Stock  equal to the Fair  Value
Price of a share of Common Stock; provided,  however, that upon a termination of
employment due to death, Disability or Retirement,  the purchase price per share
will be equal to the  greater of (x) the Fair Value  Price and (y) the  original
purchase price plus interest at the Adjusted  Eurodollar Rate plus 2.75%,  minus
the Applicable  Pricing Discount (as defined in the Credit  Agreement) as of the
date of such death, Disability or Retirement) (in either case, the "Put Price");
and (b) at a price per Option equal to the  difference  between the Put Price of
the shares of Common Stock covered by such Option and the exercise  price of the
shares of Common  Stock  covered  by such  Option,  multiplied  by the number of
shares of Common Stock covered by the Option.

      Stockholders  are,  subject to certain  limitations,  entitled to register
shares of Common Stock in connection with a registration  statement  prepared by
the Company to register  Common Stock.  Stonington  has the right to require the
Company to take such steps as  necessary  to register  all or part of the Common
Stock held by Stonington  under the Securities Act pursuant to the provisions of
the Stockholders Agreement.  The Stockholders Agreement contains customary terms
and provisions with respect to, among other things,  registration procedures and
certain rights to  indemnification  granted by parties  thereunder in connection
with the registration of Common Stock subject to such agreement.

                                       71

<PAGE>


                                     PART IV


ITEM 14.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(A)   1.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

           The  financial  statements  are  included  in Part II, Item 8 of this
           Report.

      2.   FINANCIAL  STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION REQUIRED
           TO BE SUBMITTED

           Schedule II "Valuation and  Qualifying  Accounts" is included in Part
           II, Item 8 of this Report.

(B) Reports on Form 8-K.

           On November 21, 1997, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K,
      reporting under Item 5 thereof, the amendment of the Company's senior Bank
      Credit  Agreement,  dated as of August 7, 1995, as amended,  to permit the
      Company to issue a new  Tranche C Term Loan,  the  proceeds  of which were
      used to extinguish  outstanding  amounts under the Tranche A Term Loan and
      to prepay certain required principal  payments on the outstanding  amounts
      under the Tranche B Term  Loan;  and  to revise  certain of the  financial
      covenants.  In addition,  the Company sold   additional  shares of  Common
      Stock to certain of its existing stockholders.  The proceeds from the sale
      of the shares were used to repay amounts  outstanding  under the Company's
      Revolving  Credit Facility as well as fees associated with the issuance of
      the Tranche C Term Loan.

(C)   Index to Exhibits.

           The following is a list of all Exhibits filed as part of this Report:

   EXHIBITS                                  DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                  ------------
2.1  --       Stock   and  Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 25, 1995,
              between  Pitney Bowes Inc.  and Dictaphone Acquisition Inc. (filed
              as Exhibit  2.1 to  the  Company's  Registration Statement on Form
              S-1, File No. 33-93464, filed on June 14, 1995).
2.2  --       Amendment to  Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 11,
              1995, between  Pitney Bowes Inc.  and  Dictaphone Acquisition Inc.
              (filed as  Exhibit 2.2 to  the  Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal
              quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
2.3  --       Asset   Purchase   Agreement,   dated  August  11,  1995,  between
              Dictaphone Canada Ltd./Ltee and Dictaphone Canada Acquisition Inc.
              (filed as Exhibit 2.3  to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal
              quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
2.4  --       Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated August 11, 1995, between Pitney
              Bowes  Deutschland GmbH and Dictaphone  Acquisition Inc. (filed as
              Exhibit  2.4 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the  fiscal  quarter
              ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
2.5  --       Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 11,  1995,  between  Walnut
              Street Corp. and Dictaphone Acquisition Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.5
              to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter  ended June 30,
              1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
2.6  --       Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated August 11, 1995, between Pitney
              Bowes Holdings Ltd. and Dictaphone U.K. Acquisition Limited (filed
              as Exhibit 2.6 to the Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter
              ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
2.7  --       General  Conveyance   Agreement,  dated  August 11, 1995,  between
              Dictaphone Canada Ltd./Ltee and Dictaphone Canada Acquisition Inc.
              (filed as Exhibit  2.7 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal
              quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
2.8  --       Assumption   of   Liabilities  Agreement,  dated  August 11, 1995,
              between   Dictaphone   Canada  Ltd./Ltee  and  Dictaphone   Canada
              Acquisition  Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.8 to the Company's Form 10-Q
              for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21,
              1995).

                                       72
<PAGE>

   EXHIBITS                                  DESCRIPTION
   --------                                  -----------

2.9     --   Merger  Agreement  between  Dictaphone  U.S.  Acquisition  Inc. and
             Dictaphone Corporation, dated August 11, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 2.9
             to the  Company's  Form  10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
             1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
*2.10   --   Agreement and Plan of Merger  between  Dictaphone  Corporation  and
             Dictaphone Corporation (U.S.), dated January 28, 1998.
*2.11   --   Certificate of Ownership and Merger Merging Dictaphone  Corporation
             with and into Dictaphone Corporation (U.S.).
*3(i)   --   Certificate  of Incorporation of Dictaphone  Corporation.
3(ii)   --   By-Laws  of  the Company, adopted  April 20, 1995 (filed as Exhibit
             3.3 to the Company's  Form 10-Q  for  the fiscal quarter ended June
             30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
4.1     --   Indenture,  dated  as  of  August  11,  1995,  among  the  Company,
             Dictaphone   Corporation   (U.S.)  and  Shawmut  Bank  Connecticut,
             National  Association,  Trustee,  relating  to the  11-3/4%  Senior
             Subordinated Notes Due 2005 of the Company (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to
             the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995,
             filed on September 21, 1995).
4.2     --   Bank   Credit   Agreement,  dated as of August  7,  1995  among the
             Company,  Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.)  and  the  Lenders  party
             thereto  (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the
             fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
4.3     --   First  Amendment  to Credit  Agreement,  dated as of June 28, 1996,
             among the Company,  Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.) and the Lenders
             party  thereto  (filed as Exhibit  10.13 to the  Company's  Current
             Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 18, 1996).
4.4     --   Second  Amendment to Credit Agreement,  dated as of  June 27, 1997,
             among the Company,  Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.) and the Lenders
             party  thereto  (filed as Exhibit  10.15 to the  Company's  Current
             Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 8, 1997).
4.5     --   Third  Amendment  (Technical Correction) to Credit Agreement, dated
             as of July 21, 1997, by and among  Dictaphone Corporation U.S.  and
             the  Lenders  party   thereto   (filed  as  Exhibit  10.19  to  the
             Company's  Form  10-Q for  the fiscal  quarter ended June 30, 1997,
             filed on August 14, 1997).
4.6     --   Fourth   Amendment   to  Credit Agreement, dated as of November 14,
             1997, by  and among  Dictaphone  Corporation (U.S.) and the Lenders
             party  thereto  (filed as  Exhibit 10.20 to  the  Company's Current
             Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 21, 1997).
4.7     --   Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  14, 1997, by and among
             Dictaphone Corporation and the Lenders a   party thereto (including
             exhibits  and  schedules) (filed  as Exhibit 10.21 to the Company's
             Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 21, 1997).
10.1    --   Subscription  Agreements   for  the  Equity   Private   Placements,
             dated as of August 7, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the  Company's
             Form 10-Q for the  fiscal  quarter  ended June 30,  1995,  filed on
             September 21, 1995).
10.2    --   Subscription  Agreement  for  Management  Private Placement,  dated
             as of August 7, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the  Company's  Form
             10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September
             21, 1995).
10.3    --   Stockholders   Agreement,   dated  as  of August 11, 1995 (filed as
             Exhibit  10.3 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the  fiscal  quarter
             ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
10.4    --   Employment  contract of John H. Duerden, dated as of August 9, 1995
             (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's  Form  10-Q  for the fiscal
             quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995). +
10.5    --   Amendment  to  employment  contract  of  John  H.  Duerden,   dated
             January 1, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's  Form  10-K
             for the year ended December 31, 1996, filed on March 31, 1997). +
10.6    --   Employment  contract  of Joseph D. Skrzypczak, dated July 21, 1995,
             (filed as Exhibit 10.6  to  the  Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal
             quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995). +
10.7    --   Employment  contract  of  Robert  G. Schwager,  dated June 19, 1995
             (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's  Registration  Statement on
             Form S-1, File No. 33-93464, filed on June 14, 1995). +

                                       73

<PAGE>


   EXHIBITS                                  DESCRIPTION
   --------                                  ------------

10.8    --   Management Stock Option Plan of the  Company (filed as Exhibit 10.9
             to the Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter  ended June 30,
             1995,   filed   on  September  21, 1995) and Amendment No. 1 to the
             Management  Stock Option Plan, dated as of April 27, 1996 (filed as
             Exhibit  10.13 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter
             ended March 31, 1996, filed on May 15, 1996.) +
10.9    --   Supply  Agreement,  dated August 11, 1995,  between the Company and
             Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  (filed  as   Exhibit   10.10 to the  Company's
             Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended  December 31,
             1995, File No. 33-93464, filed on March 29, 1996).
10.10   --   Leasing   Agreement,   dated   August  10, 1995, between Dictaphone
             Corporation  (U.S.) and Pitney Bowes Credit  Corporation  (filed as
             Exhibit 10.11 to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 31, 1995,  File No.  33-93464,  filed on
             March 29, 1996).
10.11   --   Consulting  Agreement, dated November 17, 1995, between the Company
             and  Emil  F.  Jachmann  (filed  as  Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's
             Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
             1995, File No. 33-93464, filed on March 29, 1996). +
10.12   --   Employment contract  of  Robert  Trimper,  dated  January  24, 1996
             (filed as Exhibit 10.13  to  the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended December 31, 1996, filed on March 31, 1997). +
10.13   --   Form of Letter Agreement  amending the Subscription  Agreement
             for the Management Private  Placement,  dated as of August 7, 1995,
             and the Stockholders Agreement,  dated as of August 11, 1995 (filed
             as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter
             ended March 31, 1996, filed on May 15, 1996). +
10.14   --   Letter  Agreement,  dated  April 11, 1997,  between the Company and
             Peter Tong (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for
             the fiscal  quarter  ended June 30,   1997,   filed  on  August 14,
             1997).+
*10.15  --   Stock   Option   Agreement,  dated  August  1, 1997,  between   the
             Company  and  John  H.  Duerden.+
10.16   --   Letter   Agreement,  dated   July   9,   1997,  between  Dictaphone
             Corporation and Mr. Joseph D. Skrzypczak (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to
             the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997,
             filed on August 14, 1997).+ 
10.17   --   Amendment  No.  2  to the Dictaphone  Management  Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal
             quarter ended June 30, 1997, filed on August 14, 1997).+
*10.18  --   Letter  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  Ronald Elwell, dated
             November 8, 1996.+
21.1    --   List of subsidiaries of the Company  (filed  as  Exhibit  21 to the
             Company's  Registration  Statement on Form  S-1, File No. 33-93464,
             filed on June 14, 1995).
24      --   Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page hereof).
*27     --   Financial Data Schedule.
- ------------------------------
*  Filed herewith.
+  Management contract of compensatory arrangement.

                                       74
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES


      Pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its  behalf  by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in the  City of
Stratford, State of Connecticut, on this 26th day of March, 1998.

                                                  DICTAPHONE CORPORATION

                                         By:     /S/ JOHN H. DUERDEN
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                 John H. Duerden
                                            Chairman, Chief  Executive Officer
                                               and President


      KNOWN BY ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature
appears below  constitutes  and appoints Scott M. Shaw and Joseph D.  Skrzypczak
his true and lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution
and  resubstitution,  for him and in his name,  place and stead,  in any and all
capacities,  to sign any and all  amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K,
and to file  the  same,  with  all  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto
said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each
and every  act and thing  requisite  and  necessary  to be done in and about the
premises,  as fully as he might or  could do in  person,  hereby  ratifying  and
confirming all that said  attorney-in-fact and agent or their or his substitutes
or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
Report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 26th day of March, 1998.

              SIGNATURE                               TITLE(S)
              ---------                               ---------

      /S/  JOHN H. DUERDEN                Chairman, Chief Executive Officer  and
- --------------------------------------    President(Principal Executive Officer)
       John H. Duerden

                                          Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
    /S/  JOSEPH D. SKRZYPCZAK             Officer and Director (Principal
- ---------------------------------------   Financial and Accounting Officer)
        Joseph D. Skrzypczak             


      /S/  ALBERT J. FITZGIBBONS, III                 Director
- ---------------------------------------
      Albert J. Fitzgibbons, III


      /S/  EMIL F. JACHMANN                           Director
- ---------------------------------------
          Emil F. Jachmann


      /S/  STEPHEN M. MCLEAN                          Director
- ---------------------------------------
          Stephen M. McLean


      /S/  ALEXIS P. MICHAS                           Director
- ---------------------------------------
          Alexis P. Michas


      /S/  SCOTT M. SHAW                              Director
- ---------------------------------------
            Scott M. Shaw


                                                      Director
- ---------------------------------------
           Peter P. Tong

                                       75
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                   EXHIBIT INDEX


                                                                                               SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBITS                              DESCRIPTION                                              NUMBERED PAGE
- --------                              -----------                                              -------------
<S>                                   <C>                                                         <C> 

2.1  --       Stock   and  Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 25, 1995,
              between  Pitney Bowes Inc.  and Dictaphone Acquisition Inc. (filed
              as Exhibit  2.1 to  the  Company's  Registration Statement on Form
              S-1, File No. 33-93464, filed on June 14, 1995).
2.2  --       Amendment to  Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 11,
              1995, between  Pitney Bowes Inc.  and  Dictaphone Acquisition Inc.
              (filed as  Exhibit 2.2 to  the  Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal
              quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
2.3  --       Asset   Purchase   Agreement,   dated  August  11,  1995,  between
              Dictaphone Canada Ltd./Ltee and Dictaphone Canada Acquisition Inc.
              (filed as Exhibit 2.3  to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal
              quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
2.4  --       Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated August 11, 1995, between Pitney
              Bowes  Deutschland GmbH and Dictaphone  Acquisition Inc. (filed as
              Exhibit  2.4 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the  fiscal  quarter
              ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
2.5  --       Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 11,  1995,  between  Walnut
              Street Corp. and Dictaphone Acquisition Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.5
              to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter  ended June 30,
              1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
2.6  --       Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated August 11, 1995, between Pitney
              Bowes Holdings Ltd. and Dictaphone U.K. Acquisition Limited (filed
              as Exhibit 2.6 to the Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter
              ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
2.7  --       General  Conveyance   Agreement,  dated  August 11, 1995,  between
              Dictaphone Canada Ltd./Ltee and Dictaphone Canada Acquisition Inc.
              (filed as Exhibit  2.7 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal
              quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
2.8  --       Assumption   of   Liabilities  Agreement,  dated  August 11, 1995,
              between   Dictaphone   Canada  Ltd./Ltee  and  Dictaphone   Canada
              Acquisition  Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.8 to the Company's Form 10-Q
              for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21,
              1995).

2.9     --   Merger  Agreement  between  Dictaphone  U.S.  Acquisition  Inc. and
             Dictaphone Corporation, dated August 11, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 2.9
             to the  Company's  Form  10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30,
             1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
*2.10   --   Agreement and Plan of Merger  between  Dictaphone  Corporation  and
             Dictaphone Corporation (U.S.), dated January 28, 1998.
*2.11   --   Certificate of Ownership and Merger Merging Dictaphone  Corporation
             with and into Dictaphone Corporation (U.S.).
*3(i)   --   Certificate  of Incorporation of Dictaphone  Corporation.
3(ii)   --   By-Laws  of  the Company, adopted  April 20, 1995 (filed as Exhibit
             3.3 to the Company's  Form 10-Q  for  the fiscal quarter ended June
             30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
4.1     --   Indenture,  dated  as  of  August  11,  1995,  among  the  Company,
             Dictaphone   Corporation   (U.S.)  and  Shawmut  Bank  Connecticut,
             National  Association,  Trustee,  relating  to the  11-3/4%  Senior
             Subordinated Notes Due 2005 of the Company (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to
             the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995,
             filed on September 21, 1995).
4.2     --   Bank   Credit   Agreement,  dated as of August  7,  1995  among the
             Company,  Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.)  and  the  Lenders  party
             thereto  (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the
             fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
4.3     --   First  Amendment  to Credit  Agreement,  dated as of June 28, 1996,
             among the Company,  Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.) and the Lenders
             party  thereto  (filed as Exhibit  10.13 to the  Company's  Current
             Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 18, 1996).
4.4     --   Second  Amendment to Credit Agreement,  dated as of  June 27, 1997,
             among the Company,  Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.) and the Lenders
             party  thereto  (filed as Exhibit  10.15 to the  Company's  Current
             Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 8, 1997).
4.5     --   Third  Amendment  (Technical Correction) to Credit Agreement, dated
             as of July 21, 1997, by and among  Dictaphone Corporation U.S.  and  
             the  Lenders  party   thereto   (filed  as  Exhibit  10.19  to  the
             Company's  Form  10-Q for  the fiscal  quarter ended June 30, 1997,
             filed on August 14, 1997).
4.6     --   Fourth   Amendment   to  Credit Agreement, dated as of November 14,
             1997, by  and among  Dictaphone  Corporation (U.S.) and the Lenders
             party  thereto  (filed as  Exhibit 10.20 to  the  Company's Current
             Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 21, 1997).
4.7     --   Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  14, 1997, by and among
             Dictaphone Corporation and the Lenders a   party thereto (including
             exhibits  and  schedules) (filed  as Exhibit 10.21 to the Company's
             Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 21, 1997).
10.1    --   Subscription  Agreements   for  the  Equity   Private   Placements,
             dated as of August 7, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the  Company's
             Form 10-Q for the  fiscal  quarter  ended June 30,  1995,  filed on
             September 21, 1995).
10.2    --   Subscription  Agreement  for  Management  Private Placement,  dated
             as of August 7, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the  Company's  Form
             10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September
             21, 1995).
10.3    --   Stockholders   Agreement,   dated  as  of August 11, 1995 (filed as
             Exhibit  10.3 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the  fiscal  quarter
             ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995).
10.4    --   Employment  contract of John H. Duerden, dated as of August 9, 1995
             (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's  Form  10-Q  for the fiscal
             quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995). +

                                       76

<PAGE>


EXHIBITS                              DESCRIPTION                                              NUMBERED PAGE
- --------                              -----------                                              -------------
<S>                                   <C>                                                         <C> 
10.5    --   Amendment  to  employment  contract  of  John  H.  Duerden,   dated
             January 1, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's  Form  10-K
             for the year ended December 31, 1996, filed on March 31, 1997). +
10.6    --   Employment  contract  of Joseph D. Skrzypczak, dated July 21, 1995,
             (filed as Exhibit 10.6  to  the  Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal
             quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed on September 21, 1995). +
10.7    --   Employment  contract  of  Robert  G. Schwager,  dated June 19, 1995
             (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's  Registration  Statement on
             Form S-1, File No. 33-93464, filed on June 14, 1995). +
10.8    --   Management Stock Option Plan of the  Company (filed as Exhibit 10.9
             to the Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter  ended June 30,
             1995,   filed   on  September  21, 1995) and Amendment No. 1 to the
             Management  Stock Option Plan, dated as of April 27, 1996 (filed as
             Exhibit  10.13 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal  quarter
             ended March 31, 1996, filed on May 15, 1996.) +
10.9    --   Supply  Agreement,  dated August 11, 1995,  between the Company and
             Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  (filed  as   Exhibit   10.10 to the  Company's
             Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended  December 31,
             1995, File No. 33-93464, filed on March 29, 1996).
10.10   --   Leasing   Agreement,   dated   August  10, 1995, between Dictaphone
             Corporation  (U.S.) and Pitney Bowes Credit  Corporation  (filed as
             Exhibit 10.11 to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 31, 1995,  File No.  33-93464,  filed on
             March 29, 1996).
10.11   --   Consulting  Agreement, dated November 17, 1995, between the Company
             and  Emil  F.  Jachmann  (filed  as  Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's
             Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
             1995, File No. 33-93464, filed on March 29, 1996). +
10.12   --   Employment contract  of  Robert  Trimper,  dated  January  24, 1996
             (filed as Exhibit 10.13  to  the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended December 31, 1996, filed on March 31, 1997). +
10.13   --   Form of Letter Agreement  amending the Subscription  Agreement
             for the Management Private  Placement,  dated as of August 7, 1995,
             and the Stockholders Agreement,  dated as of August 11, 1995 (filed
             as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter
             ended March 31, 1996, filed on May 15, 1996). +
10.14   --   Letter  Agreement,  dated  April 11, 1997,  between the Company and
             Peter Tong (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for
             the fiscal  quarter  ended June 30,   1997,   filed  on  August 14,
             1997).+
*10.15  --   Stock   Option   Agreement,  dated  August  1, 1997,  between   the
             Company  and  John  H.  Duerden.+
10.16   --   Letter   Agreement,  dated   July   9,   1997,  between  Dictaphone
             Corporation and Mr. Joseph D. Skrzypczak (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to
             the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997,
             filed on August 14, 1997).+ 
10.17   --   Amendment  No.  2  to the Dictaphone  Management  Stock Option Plan
             (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the  Company's  Form 10-Q for the fiscal
             quarter ended June 30, 1997, filed on August 14, 1997).+
*10.18  --   Letter  Agreement,  between  the  Company  and Ronald Elwell, dated
             November 8, 1996.+
21.1    --   List of subsidiaries of the Company  (filed  as  Exhibit  21 to the
             Company's  Registration  Statement on Form  S-1, File No. 33-93464,
             filed on June 14, 1995).
24      --   Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page hereof).
*27     --   Financial Data Schedule.
- ------------------------------
*  Filed herewith.
+  Management contract of compensatory arrangement.

                                       77
</TABLE>


                                                                    EXHIBIT 2.10


                  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF MERGER,  dated as of January  27,  1998
(this "Agreement") by and between Dictaphone Corporation, a Delaware corporation
(the  "Parent  Company"),   and  Dictaphone   Corporation   (U.S.),  a  Delaware
corporation and a wholly owned  subsidiary of the Parent Company (the "Operating
Company").

                  WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors of each of the Parent Company
and the Operating Company have determined that the Parent Company be merged with
and into the Operating  Company (the "Merger"),  on the terms and subject to the
conditions  contained herein and in accordance with the General  Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL");

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  agreements
contained  herein,  and in order to set forth the  terms and  conditions  of the
Merger and the mode of carrying the same into effect, each of the Parent Company
and the Operating Company hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   THE MERGER

                  SECTION 1.1. THE MERGER.  At the Effective Time (as defined in
Section 1.2),  the Parent  Company shall merge into the Operating  Company,  the
separate  corporate  existence  of the  Parent  Company  shall  cease,  and  the
Operating  Company  shall  continue as the  surviving  corporation  (hereinafter
sometimes referred to as the "Surviving  Corporation")  which from the Effective
Time shall operate as the new parent/holding company.

                  SECTION 1.2.  EFFECTIVE  TIME OF THE MERGER.  The Merger shall
become  effective  at midnight on January 31,  1998,  if,  prior to such time, a
Certificate  of Ownership  and Merger has been filed with the Secretary of State
of Delaware,  in such form as is required by, and executed in  accordance  with,
the relevant  provisions of the DGCL,  following the requisite  adoption of this
Agreement by the  stockholders of the Parent Company,  to the extent required by
the DGCL and the Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the Parent Company
(such time being the "Effective Time").

                  SECTION 1.3. EFFECT OF THE MERGER.  At the Effective Time, the
effect of the Merger  shall be as provided  in the  relevant  provisions  of the
DGCL.  The Surviving  Corporation  shall  continue to be governed by the laws of
Delaware. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto,
at the Effective Time all property (real, personal and mixed),  claims,  rights,
intellectual  property rights,  privileges,  powers,  franchises and every other
interest of the Parent Company shall vest in the Surviving Corporation,  and all
debts, obligations, restrictions,  disabilities and duties of the Parent Company
shall become debts,  obligations,  restrictions,  disabilities and duties of the
Surviving Corporation.

                  SECTION 1.4.  CERTIFICATE OF  INCORPORATION  AND BY-LAWS.  The
Certificate  of  Incorporation  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A  shall  be  the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the Surviving  Corporation  until  thereafter
amended as provided by law or such Certificate of Incorporation. The name of the
Surviving  Corporation  shall be  Dictaphone  Corporation  as set  forth in such
Certificate of Incorporation. The By-laws of the Parent Company, as in effect on
the  Effective  Time,  shall be the By-laws of the Surviving  Corporation  until
thereafter  amended as provided by law, the Certificate of  Incorporation of the
Surviving Corporation or such By-laws.

                  SECTION 1.5.  DIRECTORS  AND  OFFICERS.  The  directors of the
Parent  Company on the  Effective  Date,  shall be the initial  directors of the
Surviving Corporation, each to hold office in accordance with the Certificate of
Incorporation and By-laws of the Surviving Corporation,  and the officers of the
Parent  Company on the  Effective  Date  shall be the  initial  officers  of the
Surviving  Corporation,  in each case until their respective successors are duly
elected or appointed and qualified.

                  SECTION 1.6.  CONVERSION  OF  SECURITIES.  (a) Each issued and
outstanding  share of Common  Stock,  par value  $0.01 per share,  of the Parent
Company ("Common  Stock"),  shall  automatically,  without further action by the
Surviving  Corporation,  be converted  into one validly  issued,  fully paid and
nonassessable share of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Surviving
Corporation;  (b) each  issued and  outstanding  Warrant to  purchase  shares of
Common Stock, with an expiration date of August 11, 2005, of the Parent Company,
shall  automatically,  without further action by the Surviving  Corporation,  be
converted  into one Warrant to purchase  shares of common stock of the Surviving
Corporation with the same rights,  designations  and  preferences;  and (c) each
issued and outstanding share of 14% Pay-in-Kind  Perpetual  Preferred Stock, par
value $0.01 per share of the Parent Company shall automatically, without further
action  by the  Surviving  Corporation,  be  converted  into  one  share  of 14%
Pay-in-Kind Perpetual Preferred Stock of the Surviving Corporation.

                  SECTION  1.7.  TREATMENT  OF  STOCK  SUBSCRIPTIONS  AND  STOCK
OPTIONS.  (a) At the Effective Time, the Surviving  Corporation shall assume all
the  duties  and  obligations  of the Parent  Company  under (i) the  Management
Subscription  Agreement,  dated as of August 7,  1995,  by and among  Dictaphone
Acquisition  Inc. and certain  management  investors listed therein and (ii) the
Dictaphone  Corporation Management Stock Option Plan, effective as of August 11,
1995 (the "Stock Option Plan").

                  (b) At the Effective  Time,  each option granted by the Parent
Company to purchase  shares of Common Stock which is outstanding and unexercised
immediately  prior thereto shall be assumed by the Surviving  Corporation.  Such
options  shall cease to represent a right to acquire  shares of Common Stock and
shall be  converted  automatically  into an option to purchase  shares of common
stock of the Surviving  Corporation  in  accordance  with the terms of the Stock
Option Plan.

                                   ARTICLE II

              REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT COMPANY

                    The Parent Company  represents and warrants that (A) it is a
corporation duly  incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of Delaware, with all necessary corporate power and authority to enter into
and perform its obligations under this Agreement and (B) this Agreement has been
duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Parent Company and is
binding on and  enforceable  against the Parent  Company in accordance  with its
terms.


                                   ARTICLE III

             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE OPERATING COMPANY

                  The Operating Company represents and warrants that (A) it is a
corporation duly  incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of Delaware, with all necessary corporate power and authority to enter into
and perform its obligations under this Agreement and (B) this Agreement has been
duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Operating Company and
is binding on and enforceable  against the Operating  Company in accordance with
its terms.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                   SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  The  parties  hereto each agree that all  representations  and
warranties contained herein shall not survive the Effective Time.

                                    ARTICLE V

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

                  SECTION 5.1.  GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement  shall be governed
by, and  construed  in  accordance  with,  the laws of  Delaware  applicable  to
contracts executed in and performed in that State,  without regard to principles
of conflicts of law thereof.

                  SECTION 5.2.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in
one or more  counterparts  (including  by  facsimile  transmission),  and by the
parties  hereto in separate  counterparts,  each of which when executed shall be
deemed to be an original but all of which taken  together  shall  constitute one
and the same agreement.


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written by their  respective
officers.


                                      DICTAPHONE CORPORATION



                                      By: /S/ DANIEL P. HART
                                          ______________________________________
                                          Name:  Daniel P. Hart
                                          Title: Senior Vice President,
                                                 General Counsel and Secretary


                                      DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (U.S.)


                                      By: /S/ DANIEL P. HART
                                          ______________________________________
                                          Name:  Daniel P. Hart
                                          Title: Senior Vice President,
                                                 General Counsel and Secretary



                                                                    EXHIBIT 2.11


                            CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP
                                   AND MERGER
                                     MERGING
                             DICTAPHONE CORPORATION
                                  WITH AND INTO
                          DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (U.S.)


                  Dictaphone   Corporation   ("Parent   Company"),   a  Delaware
corporation, HEREBY CERTIFIES AS FOLLOWS:

                  FIRST:  That  Parent  Company  was  originally incorporated on
April 20, 1995, pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
(the "DGCL").

                  SECOND:  That   Parent   Company   owns   all  the  shares  of
outstanding  stock  of  Dictaphone  Corporation  (U.S.) ("Operating Company"), a
Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent Company.

                  THIRD: The Parent Company, by the following resolutions of its
Board of Directors,  duly adopted by the unanimous  written consent of the Board
of Directors,  filed with the minutes of its Board of  Directors,  as of January
27, 1998, determined to merge with and into the Operating Company:

                  RESOLVED, that  the  Parent  Company merge (the "Merger") with
                  and into the Operating Company;

                  RESOLVED, that the Merger shall  become  effective at midnight
                  on January 31, 1998,  if, prior to such time, a Certificate of
                  Ownership and  Merger  has been  filed  with the  Secretary of
                  State  of  Delaware,  in  such  form  as is  required  by, and
                  executed  in accordance with, the relevant provisions  of  the
                  DGCL, following  the  requisite  adoption of this Agreement by
                  the stockholders of the Parent Company, to the extent required
                  by the DGCL and the Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  of
                  the Parent Company (such time being the "Effective Time");

                  RESOLVED,  that, at the  Effective  Time,  the Parent  Company
                  shall merge into the Operating Company, the separate corporate
                  existence of the Parent Company shall cease, and the Operating
                  Company   shall   continue   as  the   surviving   corporation
                  (hereinafter   sometimes   referred   to  as  the   "Surviving
                  Corporation")  which from the Effective  Time shall operate as
                  the new parent/holding company;

                  RESOLVED,  that,  at the  Effective  Time,  the  effect of the
                  Merger shall be as provided in the relevant  provisions of the
                  DGCL. The Surviving  Corporation shall continue to be governed
                  by the laws of Delaware.  Without  limiting the  generality of
                  the foregoing,  and subject thereto, at the Effective Time all
                  property   (real,   personal  and  mixed),   claims,   rights,
                  intellectual property rights,  privileges,  powers, franchises
                  and every other  interest of the Parent  Company shall vest in
                  the  Surviving  Corporation,   and  all  debts,   obligations,
                  restrictions,  disabilities  and duties of the Parent  Company
                  shall become debts,  obligations,  restrictions,  disabilities
                  and duties of the Surviving Corporation;

                  RESOLVED,  that  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  attached
                  hereto as Exhibit A shall be the Certificate of  Incorporation
                  of the  Surviving  Corporation  until  thereafter  amended  as
                  provided by law or such Certificate of Incorporation. The name
                  of the Surviving  Corporation shall be Dictaphone  Corporation
                  as set forth in such Certificate of Incorporation. The By-laws
                  of the Parent  Company,  as in effect on the  Effective  Time,
                  shall  be the  By-laws  of  the  Surviving  Corporation  until
                  thereafter  amended as provided  by law,  the  Certificate  of
                  Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation or such By-laws.

                  RESOLVED,  that the  directors  of the  Parent  Company on the
                  Effective  Date,  shall  be  the  initial   directors  of  the
                  Surviving Corporation,  each to hold office in accordance with
                  the Certificate of Incorporation  and By-laws of the Surviving
                  Corporation,  and the  officers  of the Parent  Company on the
                  Effective Date shall be the initial  officers of the Surviving
                  Corporation,  in each case until their  respective  successors
                  are duly elected or appointed and qualified;

                  RESOLVED,  that at the  Effective  Time,  (a) each  issued and
                  outstanding  share of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share,
                  of the Parent Company ("Common Stock"),  shall  automatically,
                  without  further  action  by  the  Surviving  Corporation,  be
                  converted   into   one   validly   issued,   fully   paid  and
                  nonassessable  share of  Common  Stock,  par  value  $0.01 per
                  share,  of the  Surviving  Corporation;  (b) each  issued  and
                  outstanding  Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock,  with
                  an expiration  date of August 11, 2005, of the Parent Company,
                  shall  automatically,  without further action by the Surviving
                  Corporation,  be converted into one Warrant to purchase shares
                  of common  stock of the  Surviving  Corporation  with the same
                  rights, designations and preferences;  and (c) each issued and
                  outstanding  share  of  14%  Pay-in-Kind  Perpetual  Preferred
                  Stock,  par value $0.01 per share of the Parent  Company shall
                  automatically,   without   further  action  by  the  Surviving
                  Corporation,  be converted  into one share of 14%  Pay-in-Kind
                  Perpetual Preferred Stock of the Surviving Corporation;

                  RESOLVED,   that  at  the   Effective   Time,   the  Surviving
                  Corporation shall assume all the duties and obligations of the
                  Parent   Company   under  (i)  the   Management   Subscription
                  Agreement, dated as of August 7, 1995, by and among Dictaphone
                  Acquisition  Inc.  and  certain  management  investors  listed
                  therein and (ii) the Dictaphone  Corporation  Management Stock
                  Option  Plan,  effective  as of August  11,  1995 (the  "Stock
                  Option Plan").

                  RESOLVED,  that at the Effective  Time, each option granted by
                  the Parent Company to purchase shares of Common Stock which is
                  outstanding and unexercised immediately prior thereto shall be
                  assumed by the Surviving Corporation. Such options shall cease
                  to  represent  a right to acquire  shares of Common  Stock and
                  shall be  converted  automatically  into an option to purchase
                  shares  of  common  stock  of  the  Surviving  Corporation  in
                  accordance with the terms of the Stock Option Plan.

                  RESOLVED,  that the proper  officers of the Parent Company be,
                  and each of them acting  alone hereby is,  authorized  to take
                  all  actions  and to  prepare,  execute,  deliver and file all
                  agreements,  instruments,  documents and  certificates  in the
                  name and on  behalf  of the  Parent  Company,  and  under  its
                  corporate  seal or  otherwise,  and to pay all  such  fees and
                  expenses  as  they,  or any one of them,  may deem  necessary,
                  proper or advisable in order to effect the Merger.

                  FOURTH:  The Merger has been approved by holders of at least a
majority  of the  outstanding  stock  of the  Parent  Company  entitled  to vote
thereon,  acting by written  consent and without prior notice in accordance with
Section 228 of the DGCL.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent Company has caused this Certificate
of Merger to be signed by John H. Duerden, its Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
and  President,  and attested by Daniel P. Hart,  its  Secretary,  and Operating
Company has caused this  Certificate  of Merger to be signed by John H. Duerden,
its Chairman,  Chief Executive Officer and President,  and attested by Daniel P.
Hart, its Secretary, each as of this 27th day of January, 1998.


                                       DICTAPHONE CORPORATION



                                       By: /S/ JOHN H. DUERDEN
                                           _____________________________________
                                           Name:     John H. Duerden
                                           Title:    Chairman, President and
                                                     Chief Executive Officer

ATTEST:


/S/ DANIEL P. HART
- ------------------------------
Name:  Daniel P. Hart
Title:  Secretary


                                       DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (U.S.)



                                       By: /S/ JOHN H. DUERDEN
                                           _____________________________________
                                           Name:     John H. Duerden
                                           Title:    Chairman, President and
                                                    Chief Executive Officer


ATTEST:


/S/ DANIEL P. HART
- -------------------------------
Name:  Daniel P. Hart
Title:  Secretary




                                                                    EXHIBIT 3(i)

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                             DICTAPHONE CORPORATION



                                    ARTICLE I

                                      NAME

    The name of the corporation is DICTAPHONE CORPORATION (the"CORPORATION").


                                   ARTICLE II

                     REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT

                  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the
State of Delaware is Corporation  Trust Center,  1209 Orange Street, in the City
of Wilmington,  County of New Castle.  The name of the  registered  agent of the
Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                CORPORATE PURPOSE

                  The nature of the  business  or purposes  to be  conducted  or
promoted is:

                           (i) to engage in any lawful act or activity for which
         corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  CAPITAL STOCK

                  The aggregate  number of shares of capital stock  (referred to
herein as  "Shares")  which the  Corporation  shall have  authority  to issue is
thirty million (30,000,000) Shares, of which twenty million (20,000,000) will be
common  stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  and ten million
(10,000,000)  will be series  preferred  stock,  par value  $.01 per share  (the
"Series Preferred Stock").  The Series Preferred Stock may be issued,  from time
to time, in one or more series as authorized by the Board of Directors. Prior to
issuance of a series,  the Board of Directors by resolution  shall  designate it
from other  series and classes of stock of the  Corporation,  shall  specify the
number of shares to be included in the series, and shall fix the terms,  rights,
restrictions  and  qualifications  of the  shares  of a  series,  including  any
preferences,  voting powers, dividend rights and redemptions,  sinking funds and
conversion  rights.  Subject to the express terms of the Series  Preferred Stock
outstanding  at the time, the Board of Directors may increase (but not above the
total number of  authorized  shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the
total number of shares  thereof then  outstanding)  the number of shares of such
Series Preferred Stock.

         14% PAY-IN-KIND PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK

                  1. DESIGNATION  AMOUNT.  The distinctive serial designation of
         this  series  shall  be "14%  Pay-In-Kind  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock"
         ("Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock").  The number of authorized  shares of
         Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock shall initially be 7,500,000,  which number
         may from time to time be increased by the Board of Directors. Shares of
         Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock redeemed or purchased by the  Corporation
         shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized  but unissued  shares
         of Preferred Stock undesignated as to series;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that
         no such issued and  reacquired  shares of such series shall be reissued
         or sold as shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock unless reissued as a
         stock dividend on outstanding shares of Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock.

                  2. DEFINITIONS.  For   purposes   of   this   Certificate   of
        Designation, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

                  "Accrued  dividends"  shall mean, with respect to any share of
         any class or series of the Capital Stock of the Corporation,  an amount
         computed at the annual  dividend  rate for the class or series of which
         the  particular  share is a part,  from the date on which  dividends on
         such share are to accrued,  less the aggregate  amount of all dividends
         theretofore paid thereon.

                 "Affiliate"  shall mean, with respect to any specified Person,
         any other Person, directly or indirectly,  controlling or controlled by
         or under direct or indirect common control with such specified  Person.
         For the purposes of this  definition,  "control" when used with respect
         to any Person means the power to direct the  management and policies of
         such Person,  directly or indirectly,  whether through the ownership of
         voting   securities,   by   contract  or   otherwise;   and  the  terms
         "controlling"  and  "controlled"  have  meanings   correlative  to  the
         foregoing.

                  "Bank  Credit   Agreement"   shall  mean  the  senior  secured
         revolving credit and term loan  facilities,  dated as of August 7, 1995
         among  the  Corporation,   Dictaphone  U.S.,   Bankers  Trust  Company,
         NationsBank  N.A.  (Carolinas)  and certain other parties  thereto,  as
         amended,  supplemented,  replaced or  otherwise  modified  from time to
         time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing or
         otherwise  restructuring  all or any portion of the indebtedness  under
         such facilities.

                  "Catch Up Dividends"  shall mean the amount of  dividends,  if
         any,  at any  time  required  to be  paid  on a  share  of  Pay-In-Kind
         Preferred Stock so that the amount of dividends paid on such share from
         its issue date to the payment  date shall equal the amount of dividends
         which a holder of such share  would have  received on such share and on
         all Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock dividend shares traceable to such share
         directly or by reason of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock dividends on such
         Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock dividend shares,  had the Corporation made
         timely payment of all  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock dividends from such
         issue date.

                  "Change  of  Control"  shall  mean  (I)   Stonington   Capital
         Appreciation 1994 Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited  partnership,  and its
         Affiliates,  shall cease to own beneficially and control (a) at least a
         majority of the voting Common Stock on a fully diluted basis and (b) at
         least a majority  of the voting  power of the  Corporation  entitled to
         vote for the  election  of  members  of the board of  directors  of the
         Corporation  or (II)  all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the
         Corporation and its Subsidiaries shall be sold, leased,  transferred or
         otherwise disposed of.

                  "Capital  Stock" shall mean,  with respect to any Person,  any
         and all  shares,  interests,  rights to  purchase,  warrants,  options,
         participations  or  other  equivalents  of  or  interests  in  (however
         designated)  equity of such Person,  including any  preferred  stock of
         such Person,  but excluding any debt securities  convertible  into such
         equity.

                  "Closing Date" shall mean August 11, 1995.

                  "Dictaphone U.S." shall  mean Dictaphone Corporation (U.S.), a
         Delaware corporation.

                  "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
         as amended.

                  "Indenture"  shall mean the Indenture  between the Corporation
         and Shawmut Bank Connecticut,  National Association,  Trustee, dated as
         of August 1, 1995.

                  "Management Investors"  shall   mean   the   members  of   the
         management  of  the  Corporation  and  Dictaphone  U.S. that shall have
         invested in Common Stock on the Closing Date and  any other employee or
         non-employee director of the Corporation or Dictaphone U.S. who becomes
         a party to the Stockholders Agreement.

                  "Person" shall mean any individual, corporation,  partnership,
         joint venture, association,  joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated
         organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof
         or any other entity.

                  "Public  Equity  Offering"  shall  mean  one  or a  series  of
         offerings   of  Common  Stock   pursuant  to  one  or  more   effective
         registration  statements  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
         resulting in net proceeds to the Corporation of at least $50 million.

                  "Stockholders Agreement" shall mean the Stockholders Agreement
         among the  Corporation,  the  Management  Investors  and certain  other
         investors in Common Stock and in the Pay-in-Kind Preferred, dated as of
         the Closing Date.

                  "Voting  Stock" of a  corporation  shall  mean all  classes of
         Capital  Stock  of  such  corporation  then  outstanding  and  normally
         entitled to vote in the election of directors.

                  "Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary"  shall mean a  subsidiary  all the
         Capital  Stock of which (other than  directors'  qualifying  shares and
         shares held by other  Persons to the extent such shares are required by
         applicable  law to be held by a Person other than the  Corporation or a
         subsidiary)  is owned by the  Corporation  or one or more Wholly  Owned
         Subsidiaries.

                  3. RANK. The Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock shall,  with respect
         to  dividend  rights  and  rights  on   liquidation,   winding  up  and
         dissolution,  rank  senior to all  classes  and  series of stock of the
         Corporation  now  or  hereafter   authorized,   issued  or  outstanding
         (collectively, the "Junior Securities"), including, without limitation,
         the  Corporation's  Common  Stock,  par value $0.01 per share  ("Common
         Stock"), and all other series of the Corporation's  Preferred Stock. So
         long as any shares of Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock are outstanding,  the
         Corporation may not authorize or create,  or issue, any class or series
         of stock that ranks senior to ("Senior  Securities") or pari passu with
         ("Parity  Securities") the Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock with respect to
         either  dividend  rights  or  rights  on  liquidation,  winding  up and
         dissolution,  nor may the  Corporation  issue any additional  shares of
         Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock  (other  than  as  a  stock  dividend  on
         outstanding  shares  of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock),   without  the
         affirmative  vote  of  the  holders  of  at  least  two-thirds  of  the
         outstanding shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock voting as a separate
         class.

                  4.  DIVIDENDS.  (a)  The  holders  of  shares  of  Pay-In-Kind
         Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive,  when, as and if declared
         by the Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation,  out of funds  legally
         available therefor, any Catch Up Dividends plus dividends at the annual
         rate per share of $1.40 per annum until July 31, 2006,  and  thereafter
         the annual dividend rate will increase by 200 basis points every twelve
         months,  provided that under no circumstances shall the annual dividend
         rate per share on the Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock  (exclusive of Catch
         Up  Dividends)  exceed the greater of $2.40 per annum or $1.60 plus the
         amount  obtained by multiplying  above the prime rate from time to time
         of Bankers Trust Company times $10. Such dividends  shall be cumulative
         and shall be payable  quarterly  in arrears on December  31,  March 31,
         June 30 and September 30 (each of such dates being a "Dividend  Payment
         Date" and each period  between  such dates being a "Dividend  Period"),
         commencing  September  30,  1995,  to  stockholders  of  record  on the
         respective  date, not exceeding 50 days preceding such Dividend Payment
         Date,  as shall be fixed for this  purpose by the Board of Directors in
         advance of payment of each particular  dividend.  Any dividend payments
         made with respect to shares of Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock will be made
         in  additional  fully  paid and  nonassessable  shares  of  Pay-In-Kind
         Preferred  Stock  valued at $10 per  share,  and the  issuance  of such
         additional  shares shall constitute full payment of such dividend.  The
         Corporation  shall make such dividend  payment on such Dividend Payment
         Date in additional shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock to the extent
         permitted  by  applicable  law,  regardless  of the  terms of any other
         securities  of the  Corporation  or any contract or other  agreement to
         which it may be a party.  All dividends  paid with respect to shares of
         Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock  pursuant to this paragraph 4(a) shall be
         paid pro rata to the holders  entitled  thereto.  The Corporation  will
         issue,  if  necessary,  fractions of a share of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred
         Stock as part of the payment of any dividend paid in additional  shares
         of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock.  All shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred
         Stock which may be issued as a dividend with respect to the Pay-In-Kind
         Preferred  Stock will  thereupon be duly  authorized,  validly  issued,
         fully paid and nonassessable and free of all liens and charges.

                  (b) Dividends on shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock issued
         on the Closing Date shall be fully cumulative and shall accrue (whether
         or not earned or declared)  from the Closing Date;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,
         that  dividends on any share of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock issued as
         dividends  shall be fully  cumulative and shall accrue  (whether or not
         earned  or  declared)  from  the  applicable   Dividend  Payment  Date.
         Accumulated  unpaid  dividends  for any past  Dividend  Periods  may be
         declared  by the Board of  Directors  and paid on any date fixed by the
         Board of Directors,  whether or not a regular Dividend Payment Date, to
         holders of record on the books of the  Corporation  on such record date
         as may be  fixed  by the  Board  of  Directors.  Except  for  Catch  Up
         Dividends,  Holders of Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock will not be entitled
         to any dividends in excess of full cumulative dividends. No interest or
         sum of money in lieu of  interest  shall be  payable  in respect of any
         accumulated unpaid dividends.

                  (c) So long as any shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock are
         outstanding,  the Corporation  shall not (i) declare,  pay or set apart
         for payment any  dividend  on the Common  Stock or any other  shares of
         Junior  Securities,  (ii) make any  payment on account of, or set apart
         for  payment  money  for a  sinking  or other  similar  fund  for,  the
         purchase, redemption,  retirement or other acquisition for value of any
         of, or redeem, purchase,  retire or otherwise acquire for value any of,
         the  Junior  Securities  or any  warrants,  rights,  calls  or  options
         exercisable  for or  convertible  into any of the Junior  Securities or
         (iii) make any distribution in respect of the Junior  Securities or any
         warrants,  rights, calls or options exercisable for or convertible into
         any of the  Junior  Securities,  in any such case  either  directly  or
         indirectly,   and  whether  in  cash,  obligations  or  shares  of  the
         Corporation or other property (other than distributions or dividends of
         a particular  class or series of Junior  Securities  to holders of such
         Junior  Securities),  and shall not  permit  any  corporation  or other
         entity  directly  or  indirectly   controlled  by  the  Corporation  to
         purchase,  redeem or  otherwise  acquire  for  value any of the  Junior
         Securities or any warrants, rights, calls or options exercisable for or
         convertible into any of the Junior Securities;  provided, however, that
         the Corporation may pay regular dividends on the Common Stock following
         a Public Equity Offering;  and PROVIDED,  FURTHER, that the Corporation
         may redeem or  repurchase  shares of Common Stock issued to  Management
         Investors, pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, if such
         Management  Investor has been  terminated  from his  position  with the
         Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries  due to death,  Disability (as
         defined in the Stockholders  Agreement),  Retirement (as defined in the
         Stockholders  Agreement) or Involuntary  Termination (as defined in the
         Stockholders Agreement).

                  5. LIQUIDATION  PREFERENCE.  (a) In the event of any voluntary
         or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of
         the Corporation, then, before any distribution or payment shall be made
         to the holders of any Junior  Securities,  including  the Common Stock,
         the holders of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock then  outstanding  shall be
         entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation  available for
         distribution  to its  stockholders  an amount in cash  equal to $10 for
         each share outstanding (which amount is hereinafter  referred to as the
         "liquidation preference"), together with an amount in cash equal to all
         accrued and unpaid dividends thereon,  including Catch Up Dividends, to
         the date fixed for  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up. Except as
         provided in the preceding  sentence,  holders of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred
         Stock  shall not be entitled  to any  distribution  in the event of any
         liquidation,   dissolution   or  winding  up  of  the  affairs  of  the
         Corporation. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay
         in full the liquidation  payments payable to the holders of outstanding
         shares of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock,  then the holders of all such
         shares shall share ratably in any  distribution of assets in accordance
         with the amount  which  would be payable  on such  distribution  if the
         amounts  to which the  holders  of  outstanding  shares of  Pay-In-Kind
         Preferred  Stock are entitled  were paid in full.  After payment of the
         full  amount of the  liquidation  preference  to which  each  holder is
         entitled,  such holders of shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock will
         not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of the
         assets of the Corporation.

                  (b) For the purpose of this paragraph 5, neither the voluntary
         sale,  conveyance,  exchange  or transfer  (for cash,  shares of stock,
         securities or other  consideration)  of all or substantially all of the
         property or assets of the Corporation nor the  consolidation  or merger
         of the Corporation with any other  corporation  shall be deemed to be a
         voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
         Corporation,  unless  such  voluntary  sale,  conveyance,  exchange  or
         transfer shall be in connection with a plan of liquidation, dissolution
         or winding up of the Corporation.

                  6.  REDEMPTION.  (a)  Subject  to  subparagraph  (d)  of  this
         paragraph  6, to the extent the  Corporation  shall have funds  legally
         available for such redemption,  the  Corporation,  at the option of the
         Board of  Directors,  may  redeem,  in whole or in part,  the shares of
         Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock at the time  outstanding,  at any time or
         from time to time,  upon  notice  given as  hereinafter  specified,  at
         $10.50  per share  together  with all  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends,
         including Catch Up Dividends,  reducing on August 1, 1996 to $10.40 per
         share  plus all  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends,  on August 1, 1997 to
         $10.30 per share plus all  accrued and unpaid  dividends,  on August 1,
         1998 to $10.20 per share plus all  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends,  on
         August  1,  1999 to  $10.10  per  share  plus all  accrued  and  unpaid
         dividends  and on August 1, 2000 to $10 per share plus all  accrued and
         unpaid dividends.

                  (b)  In  the  event  of  partial  redemptions  of  Pay-In-Kind
         Preferred Stock, the shares to be redeemed will be determined by lot or
         pro rata,  at the sole option of the  Corporation;  provided,  however,
         that the Board of  Directors  may redeem all shares held by any holders
         of a number of  shares  not to exceed  100 as may be  specified  by the
         Corporation.  On and after a redemption  date,  unless the  Corporation
         defaults in the payment of the redemption  price,  dividends will cease
         to  accrue  on  shares  of  Pay-In-Kind   Preferred  Stock  called  for
         redemption  and all  rights of holders of such  shares  will  terminate
         except for the right to receive  the  redemption  price and accrued and
         unpaid dividends thereon to the redemption date.

                  (c)  Upon  (i)  the  public  offering  of  securities  of  the
         Corporation  any of the net  proceeds of which are not used to pay down
         any  debt  obligations  of  the  Corporation  that  are  senior  to the
         Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock  or are  used by the  Corporation  for an
         acquisition  or (ii) the  registration  of Common  Stock in a secondary
         offering,  each  holder of record  of shares of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred
         Stock will have the right to require that the  Corporation  redeem such
         holder's  shares at a  redemption  price in cash equal to $10 per share
         plus all accrued and unpaid dividends, including Catch Up Dividends, to
         the date fixed for redemption.

                           In the case of an offering of the type  described  in
         clause  (i) or (ii),  the  Corporation  shall  provide  each  holder of
         Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock notice in writing of such offering no later
         than 10 days after the  filing of the  initial  registration  statement
         related to such offering. Such notice shall provide a brief description
         of such  registration  statement and of such holder's rights under this
         subparagraph  (c), and shall  include a copy of this  paragraph 6. Each
         holder,  in order to exercise its rights pursuant to this  subparagraph
         (c),  shall,  within  twenty  days  of the  date of the  notice  of the
         Corporation described in the first sentence of this paragraph,  provide
         notice of its  election to exercise  such rights and shall  specify the
         number of shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock with respect to which
         it elects to exercise such rights.  The  Corporation  shall redeem such
         shares on a date no later than the 30th day  succeeding  the closing of
         an  offering  pursuant  to clause (i) or (ii),  as the case may be, and
         shall  provide  notice  thereof in  accordance  with the  provisions of
         paragraph 6(f).

                  (d)  Shares of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock  which have been
         issued and  reacquired  in any manner,  including  shares  purchased or
         redeemed,  shall (upon compliance with any applicable provisions of the
         laws of the  State of  Delaware)  have the  status  of  authorized  and
         unissued  shares of the class of  Preferred  Stock  undesignated  as to
         series and may be  redesignated  and  reissued as part of any series of
         Preferred Stock; provided,  however, that no such issued and reacquired
         shares of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock  shall be  reissued or sold as
         Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock,  unless  reissued as a stock dividend on
         outstanding shares of Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock.

                  (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of paragraph 6(a)
         hereof,  unless  the  full  cumulative  dividends,  including  Catch Up
         Dividends,  on all  outstanding  shares of Pay-in-Kind  Preferred Stock
         shall have been paid or contemporaneously are declared and paid for all
         past  dividend  periods,  none of the shares of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred
         Stock  shall be redeemed  pursuant to paragraph  6(a) hereof unless all
         outstanding  shares of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock are simultaneously
         redeemed.

                  (f)  Notice  of every  redemption  of  shares  of  Pay-In-Kind
         Preferred Stock shall be mailed by first class mail,  postage  prepaid,
         and  mailed  not less than 30 days nor more  than 60 days  prior to the
         redemption  date addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be
         redeemed at their respective last addresses as they shall appear on the
         books of the Corporation;  provided,  however,  that no failure to give
         such  notice or any defect  therein  or in the  mailing  thereof  shall
         affect the validity of the  proceeding for the redemption of any shares
         so to be redeemed  except as to the holder to whom the  Corporation has
         failed to give such  notice or except as to the  holder to whom  notice
         was defective.  Each such notice shall state:  (i) the redemption date;
         (ii) the total number of shares of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock to be
         redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be
         redeemed, the number of the shares of such holder to be redeemed; (iii)
         the redemption price;  (iv) the place or places where  certificates for
         such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption  price;
         and (v) that  dividends  on the  shares to be  redeemed  will  cease to
         accrue on such redemption date.

                  (g) Notice  having been mailed as aforesaid  and provided that
         on or before the  redemption  date  specified  in such notice all funds
         necessary  for  such  redemption  shall  have  been  set  aside  by the
         Corporation,  separate and apart from its other funds, in trust for the
         pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares so called for  redemption
         so as to be and to continue to be available  therefor,  then,  from and
         after the  redemption  date,  dividends  on the  shares of  Pay-In-Kind
         Preferred  Stock so called for  redemption  shall cease to accrue,  and
         said shares shall no longer be deemed to be  outstanding  and shall not
         have the  status of  shares of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock,  and all
         rights  of the  holders  thereof  as  stockholders  of the  Corporation
         (except the right to receive from the Corporation the redemption  price
         and all dividends  accrued and unpaid to the date fixed for redemption)
         shall  cease.  Upon  surrender  in  accordance  with said notice of the
         certificates for any shares so redeemed  (properly endorsed or assigned
         for transfer, if the Board of Directors shall so require and the notice
         shall so state),  such shares shall be redeemed by the  Corporation  at
         the  redemption  price  aforesaid.  In case  fewer  than all the shares
         represented by any such certificate are redeemed,  a new certificate or
         certificates shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without
         cost to the holder thereof.

                  (h) If such  notice of  redemption  shall have been duly given
         and if,  prior to the  redemption  date,  the  Corporation  shall  have
         irrevocably deposited the funds by the Corporation with a bank or trust
         company in trust for the pro rata  benefit of the holders of the shares
         called for redemption,  then,  notwithstanding that any certificate for
         shares so called for  redemption  shall not have been  surrendered  for
         cancellation,  from and after the time of such deposit,  holders of the
         shares of Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock called for redemption shall cease
         to be  stockholders  with  respect to such shares and  thereafter  such
         shares shall no longer be  transferable on the books of the Corporation
         and  such  holders  shall  have no  interest  in or claim  against  the
         Corporation with respect to such shares  (including  dividends  thereon
         accrued after such redemption date) except the right to receive payment
         of the redemption price (including all dividends  accrued and unpaid to
         the date fixed for  redemption)  upon surrender of their  certificates.
         Any funds  deposited  and  unclaimed  at the end of one year and eleven
         months  from the date  fixed  for  redemption  shall be  repaid  to the
         Corporation  upon its  request,  after which  repayment  the holders of
         shares called for  redemption  shall look only to the  Corporation  for
         payment of the  redemption  price.  The aforesaid bank or trust company
         shall be organized  and in good  standing  under the laws of the United
         States of America or of the State of New York,  shall be doing business
         in the Borough of Manhattan,  The City of New York, shall have capital,
         surplus  and  undivided   profits   aggregating  at  least  $50,000,000
         according to its last  published  statement of condition,  and shall be
         identified in the notice of  redemption.  Any interest  accrued on such
         funds shall be paid to the Corporation from time to time.

                  7. CHANGE OF CONTROL.  (a) Upon the  occurrence of a Change of
         Control,  each holder of record of the shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred
         Stock will have the right to require that the  Corporation  redeem such
         holder's  shares at a  redemption  price in cash equal to $10 per share
         plus all accrued and unpaid dividends, including Catch Up Dividends, to
         the date fixed for redemption.

                  (b) On and after a  redemption  date,  unless the  Corporation
         defaults in the payment of the redemption  price,  dividends will cease
         to  accrue  on  shares  of  Pay-In-Kind   Preferred  Stock  called  for
         redemption  and all  rights of holders of such  shares  will  terminate
         except for the right to receive  the  redemption  price and accrued and
         unpaid  dividends,   including  Catch  Up  Dividends,  thereon  to  the
         redemption date.

                  (c)  Shares of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock  which have been
         issued and  reacquired  or redeemed  pursuant to  paragraph  7(a) shall
         (upon  compliance  with any  applicable  provisions  of the laws of the
         State of Delaware) have the status of authorized and unissued shares of
         the class of  Preferred  Stock  undesignated  as to  series  and may be
         redesignated and reissued as part of any series of the Preferred Stock;
         provided,  however,  that no  such  issued  and  reacquired  shares  of
         Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock shall be reissued or sold as  Pay-In-Kind
         Preferred  Stock,  unless  reissued as a stock  dividend on outstanding
         shares of Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock.

                  (d) Following any Change of Control, notice shall be mailed by
         first class mail,  postage  prepaid,  and mailed within 30 days of such
         Change of Control  addressed  to the holders of record of the shares at
         their  respective  last  addresses as they shall appear on the books of
         the  Corporation.  Each such notice shall  state:  (i) that a Change of
         Control has  occurred and that such holder has the right to require the
         Corporation  to redeem such  holder's  shares at a redemption  price in
         cash  equal to $10 per  share,  together  with all  accrued  and unpaid
         dividends,  including  Catch Up Dividends,  to the date of  redemption;
         (ii) the  circumstances  and, to the extent  available,  relevant facts
         regarding such Change of Control (including information with respect to
         pro  forma  historical  income,  cash  flow and  capitalization  of the
         Corporation or other relevant entity after giving effect to such Change
         of Control); (iii) the redemption date (which shall be not less than 30
         days nor more than 60 days from the date such notice is  mailed);  (iv)
         the  place or  places  where  certificates  for such  shares  are to be
         surrendered for payment of the redemption  price; (v) that dividends on
         the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on such redemption date;
         and (vi) the  instructions  determined by the  Corporation,  consistent
         with such  provision,  that a holder  must  follow in order to have its
         shares redeemed.

                  (e) If the Corporation  shall fail to discharge its obligation
         to redeem shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock pursuant to paragraph
         6(c)  or 7(a)  hereof  (the  "Mandatory  Redemption  Obligation"),  the
         Mandatory  Redemption  Obligation  shall be  discharged  as soon as the
         Corporation is able to discharge such Mandatory Redemption  Obligation.
         If and so long as any Mandatory  Redemption  Obligation with respect to
         the  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock shall not be fully  discharged,  the
         Corporation  shall  not  declare  or  pay  any  dividend  or  make  any
         distribution  on,  or,  directly  or  indirectly,  purchase,  redeem or
         satisfy  any  mandatory   redemption  sinking  fund  or  other  similar
         obligations in respect of, Junior Securities (other than as a result of
         a reclassification of Junior Securities,  or the exchange or conversion
         of one class or series of Junior  Securities  for or into another class
         or series of Junior  Securities,  or other than  through the use of the
         proceeds  of a  substantially  contemporaneous  sale  of  other  Junior
         Securities)  or any  warrants,  rights or  options  exercisable  for or
         convertible into any of the Junior Securities.

                  (f) The provisions of paragraphs  6(g) and 6(h) shall apply to
         redemptions by the Corporation pursuant to paragraph 6(c) or 7(a).

                8. VOTING  RIGHTS.  (a) Except as  otherwise  provided in this
         paragraph 8 or as  otherwise  from time to time  provided  by law,  the
         holders of shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock shall have no voting
         rights  and all  voting  rights  in the  Corporation  shall  be  vested
         exclusively in the holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation.  The
         original holder of Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one
         observer at the Corporation's Board of Directors meetings,  shall, upon
         execution  of  a   confidentiality   agreement   satisfactory   to  the
         Corporation,  be provided  with a copy of all  materials  furnished  to
         members of the Board of Directors and its observer shall be entitled to
         reimbursement  of his or her travel  expenses to such  meetings,  which
         rights  shall  be  transferable  to  a  successor  trustee  or  similar
         successor and to a Person acquiring a majority of the original holder's
         Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock.

                  (b) (i) If and whenever six full quarterly  dividends (whether
         or not  consecutive)  payable on shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock
         shall be in  arrears  in whole or in part  (whether  or not  earned  or
         declared)  or if the  Corporation  shall  have  failed to  fulfill  any
         redemption  obligation with respect to the Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock
         and such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days, in addition to
         any other legal or equitable remedy available to any Holder, the number
         of  directors  then   constituting   the  Board  of  Directors  of  the
         Corporation  shall be increased by two directors and the holders of all
         then  outstanding  shares  of  Pay-In-Kind   Preferred  Stock,   voting
         separately  as a class,  shall be  entitled  to elect  such  additional
         directors at any annual meeting of stockholders or special meeting held
         in place thereof, or at a special meeting of the holders of such shares
         of Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock called as hereinafter provided.

                  (ii) Whenever such voting right shall have vested,  such right
         may be exercised  initially  either at a special meeting of the holders
         of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock, called as hereinafter  provided, or at
         any annual  meeting of  stockholders  held for the  purpose of electing
         directors,  and  thereafter  at such  annual  meeting or by the written
         consent of the  holders of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock  pursuant  to
         Section 228 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law. Such voting right
         shall  continue  until such time as (A) all  dividends  accumulated  on
         Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock  shall have been paid in full and (B) the
         Corporation has fulfilled all redemption obligations to the extent such
         obligations  have  matured,  at which  time  such  voting  right of the
         holders of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock shall  terminate,  subject to
         retesting  in the event of each and  every  subsequent  failure  of the
         Corporation for the requisite  period of time fully to pay dividends or
         to discharge its redemption obligations, as described above.

                  (iii) At any time after such  voting  power shall have been so
         vested in shares of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock and such right shall
         not already  have been  initially  exercised,  a proper  officer of the
         Corporation  may, and upon the written  request of any holder of shares
         of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock  (addressed  to the  Secretary at the
         principal office of the Corporation)  shall,  call a special meeting of
         the holders of shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock for the election
         of the two  directors  to be elected by them as herein  provided,  such
         call to be made by notice  similar to that  provided  in the by-laws of
         the  Corporation  for a  special  meeting  of  the  stockholders  or as
         required by law.

                           Such   meeting   shall   be  held  at  the   earliest
         practicable  date upon the  notice  required  for  annual  meetings  of
         stockholders  at the place for holding annual  meetings of stockholders
         of the Corporation or, if none, at a place  designated by the Secretary
         of the  Corporation.  If such meeting shall not be called by the proper
         officers of the Corporation  within 30 days after the personal  service
         of such written  request  upon the  Secretary  of the  Corporation,  or
         within 30 days after  mailing  the same  within  the  United  States by
         registered  mail,  addressed to the Secretary of the Corporation at its
         principal  office (such mailing to be evidenced by the registry receipt
         issued by the postal authorities), then the holders of record of 10% of
         the  shares  of  Pay-In-Kind   Preferred  Stock  then  outstanding  may
         designate  in writing a holder of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock to call
         such meeting at  the expense of the  Corporation,  and such meeting may
         be called by such  person so  designated  upon the notice  required for
         annual meetings of stockholders  and shall be held at the same place as
         it elsewhere  provided in this paragraph  (8)(b)(iii) or  at such other
         place as is  selected  by such  person  so  designated.  Any  holder of
         Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock  which  would  be entitled to vote at any
         such meeting  shall have access to the stock  books of the  Corporation
         for the  purpose  of causing a meeting  of  stockholders  to  be called
         pursuant to the  provisions  of this  paragraph.   Notwithstanding  the
         provisions of this paragraph,  however,  no such  special meeting shall
         be called  during a period  within 90 days  immediately   preceding the
         date fixed for the next annual meeting of stockholders.

                  (iv) At any meeting held for the purpose of electing directors
         at which the  holders of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock  shall have the
         right to elect directors as provided herein, the presence in person, or
         by proxy of the  holders of the  lesser of (A) a  majority  of the then
         outstanding  shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock or (B) a percentage
         of the then outstanding  shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock,  which
         percentage  is equal to the  percentage of then  outstanding  shares of
         Common Stock then  required to  constitute a quorum for the election of
         directors  by  holders  of  Common  Stock,  shall  be  required  and be
         sufficient  to  constitute  a quorum of such class for the  election of
         directors by such class. At any such meeting or adjournment thereof (x)
         the absence of a quorum of the holders of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock
         shall not prevent  the  election  of  directors  other than those to be
         elected  by the  holders  of stock of such  class and the  absence of a
         quorum or quorums of the  holders of capital  stock  entitled  to elect
         such other  directors shall not prevent the election of directors to be
         elected by the holders of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock and (y) in the
         absence of a quorum of the  holders of any class of stock  entitled  to
         vote for the election of directors,  a majority of the holders  present
         in person or by proxy of such class shall have the power to adjourn the
         meeting for the election of  directors  which the holders of such class
         are entitled to elect,  from time to time,  without  notice  (except as
         required by law) other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum
         shall be present.

                  (v) The term of office of all directors elected by the holders
         of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock pursuant to paragraph  (8)(b)(i) hereof
         in office at any time when the  aforesaid  voting  rights are vested in
         the holders of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock shall terminate in one year
         or upon the election of their successors at any meeting of stockholders
         for the purpose of electing  directors,  if later. Upon any termination
         of the aforesaid voting rights in accordance with paragraph  (8)(b)(ii)
         hereof,  the term of office of all directors  elected by the holders of
         Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock pursuant to paragraph (8)(b)(i) hereof then
         in office  thereupon  shall  terminate  and upon such  termination  the
         number of directors  constituting the Board of Directors shall, without
         further  action,  be reduced by two,  subject always to the increase of
         the number of directors pursuant to paragraph  (8)(b)(i) hereof in case
         of the future right of the holders of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock to
         elect directors as provided herein.

                  (vi) In case of any vacancy  occurring  among the directors so
         elected,  the  remaining  director  who shall have been so elected  may
         appoint  a  successor  to hold  office  for the  unexpired  term of the
         director  whose place shall be vacant.  If all  directors so elected by
         the  holders of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock  shall cease to serve as
         directors  before their terms shall expire,  the holders of Pay-In-Kind
         Preferred  Stock  then  outstanding  may,  at a special  meeting of the
         holders called as provided above,  elect  successors to hold office for
         the unexpired terms of the directors whose place shall be vacant.

                  (c) In  addition  to  any  vote  or  consent  of  shareholders
         required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the consent of the
         holders  of at least  66-2/3% of the  shares of  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred
         Stock at the time outstanding,  given in person or by proxy,  either in
         writing  without a meeting  or by vote at any  meeting  called  for the
         purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

                  (i)  Any  amendment,  alteration  or  repeal  of  any  of  the
         provisions of the  Certificate of  Incorporation,  or of the by-laws of
         the Corporation,  which affects adversely the voting powers,  rights or
         preferences  of the holders of shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred  Stock;
         provided,  however,  that  the  amendment  of  the  provisions  of  the
         Certificate  of  Incorporation  so as to  authorize  or  create,  or to
         increase  the  authorized  amount of, any of the  Corporation's  Junior
         Securities,  shall not be deemed to affect adversely the powers, rights
         or preferences of the holders of shares of Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock;
         or

                  (ii) The  authorization or creation of, or the increase in the
         authorized  amount  of,  any  shares  of  any  class  or  any  security
         convertible  into any Senior  Security  or Parity  Security;  provided,
         however,  that no such consent of the holders of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred
         Stock  shall  be  required  if,  at or  prior  to the  time  when  such
         amendment,  alteration or repeal is to take effect or when the issuance
         of any such Senior Security, Parity Security or convertible security is
         to be made, as the case may be, provision is made for the redemption of
         all shares of Pay-In-Kind Preferred Stock at the time outstanding;

                  (iii) The merger or  consolidation of the Corporation into any
         entity other than a corporation  organized under the laws of a state of
         the United States; or

                  (iv) The merger or  consolidation  of the Corporation in which
         the Corporation is not the surviving  entity,  unless any arrearages in
         dividends are either cured or preserved and the holders of  Pay-In-Kind
         Preferred Stock receive  preferred  stock in the surviving  entity with
         terms  substantially  identical to those of the  Pay-In-Kind  Preferred
         Stock.

                  (d) Subject to  paragraphs  3, 4 and 8(c) hereof,  none of (i)
         the  creation,  authorization  or  issuance of any shares of any Junior
         Securities  (provided that the terms of such Junior  Securities are not
         inconsistent, or in any way conflict, with the terms of the Pay-In-Kind
         Preferred  Stock) or the  creation,  authorization  or  issuance of any
         obligation  or security  convertible  into or  evidencing  the right to
         purchase any Junior  Securities,  (ii) the creation of any indebtedness
         of any kind of the  Corporation  (other than  indebtedness  convertible
         into any Senior Security or Parity Security), nor (iii) the increase or
         decrease  in the  amount  of  authorized  capital  stock of any  class,
         including the Preferred  Stock, or any increase,  decrease or change in
         the par value of any such class other than the Preferred  Stock,  shall
         be deemed to alter, change or affect adversely the powers,  preferences
         and special rights of shares of Pay-In-Kind  Preferred Stock and may be
         effected without the consent of the holders thereof.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                    DIRECTORS

                  (1) Elections  of  directors  of  the  Corporation need not be
by  written  ballot,  except  and  to  the extent provided in the By-laws of the
Corporation.

                  (2) To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation
Law as it now exists and as it may  hereafter  be  amended,  no  director of the
Corporation  shall be personally  liable to the Corporation or its  stockholders
for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND OTHERS

                  (1) The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a
party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any  threatened,  pending  or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative  (other than an action by or in the right of the  Corporation)  by
reason of the fact that he or she is or was a  director,  officer,  employee  or
agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as a director,  officer, employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he
or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she  reasonably  believed to be
in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation,  and, with respect
to any criminal action or proceeding,  had no reasonable cause to believe his or
her conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action,  suit or proceeding by
judgment,  order, settlement,  conviction,  or upon a plea of NOLO CONTENDERE or
its  equivalent,  shall not,  of itself,  create a  presumption  that the person
seeking  indemnification  did not act in good faith and in a manner  which he or
she  reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best  interests  of the
Corporation,  and,  with  respect  to any  criminal  action or  proceeding,  had
reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

                  (2) The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a
party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any  threatened,  pending  or
completed  action or suit by or in the  right of the  Corporation  to  procure a
judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director,
officer,  employee  or agent of the  Corporation,  or is or was  serving  at the
request of the Corporation as a director,  officer, employee or agent of another
corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise  against
expenses  (including  attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably  incurred by such
person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he
or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she  reasonably  believed to be
in or not  opposed to the best  interests  of the  Corporation,  except  that no
indemnification  shall be made in respect  of any  claim,  issue or matter as to
which such  person  shall  have been  adjudged  to be liable to the  Corporation
unless  and only to the  extent  that  the  Court of  Chancery  of the  State of
Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought  shall  determine
upon application that,  despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all
the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably  entitled to
indemnity  for such  expenses  which the Court of  Chancery  or such other court
shall deem proper.

                  (3) To the extent that a director,  officer, employee or agent
of the  Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of
any action,  suit or  proceeding  referred  to in  Sections  (1) and (2) of this
Article VI, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall
be  indemnified  against  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)  actually  and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

                  (4) Any  indemnification  under  Sections  (1) and (2) of this
Article VI (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation  only as
authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the
director,  officer,  employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he
or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such Sections (1)
and (2). Such  determination  shall be made (a) by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation by a majority vote of a quorum  consisting of directors who were not
parties  to such  action,  suit or  proceeding,  or (b) if such a quorum  is not
obtainable,  or, even if  obtainable,  a quorum of  disinterested  directors  so
directs,  by  independent  legal  counsel  in a written  opinion,  or (c) by the
stockholders of the Corporation.

                  (5)  Expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)  incurred  by  an
officer  or  director  in  defending  any  civil,  criminal,  administrative  or
investigative  action,  suit or  proceeding  may be paid by the  Corporation  in
advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt
of an  undertaking  by or on behalf of such  director  or  officer to repay such
amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be
indemnified  by the  Corporation  authorized  in this Article VI. Such  expenses
(including  attorneys'  fees)  incurred by other  employees and agents may be so
paid upon such terms and  conditions,  if any, as the Board of  Directors of the
Corporation deems appropriate.

                  (6) The  indemnification  and advancement of expenses provided
by, or granted  pursuant to, the other  sections of this Article VI shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking  indemnification  or
advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law, by-law,  agreement,  vote
of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an
official  capacity  and as to action in  another  capacity  while  holding  such
office.

                  (7) The  Corporation  may purchase  and maintain  insurance on
behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation,  or is or was  serving  at the  request  of  the  Corporation  as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership, joint
venture,  trust or other enterprise  against any liability asserted against such
person and incurred by such person in any such  capacity,  or arising out of his
or her status as such,  whether or not the  Corporation  would have the power to
indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of Section 145
of the General Corporation Law.

                  (8)  For  purposes  of this  Article  VI,  references  to "the
Corporation"  shall  include,  in addition  to the  resulting  corporation,  any
constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in
a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued,  would
have had power and authority to indemnify its directors,  officers, employees or
agents so that any person who is or was a director,  officer,  employee or agent
of such  constituent  corporation,  or is or was  serving at the request of such
constituent  corporation  as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of another
corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand
in the same position under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the
resulting or surviving  corporation as he or she would have with respect to such
constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

                  (9) For  purposes  of this  Article VI,  references  to "other
enterprises"  shall include employee benefit plans;  references to "fines" shall
include  any excise  taxes  assessed  on a person  with  respect to an  employee
benefit  plan;  and  references  to "serving at the request of the  Corporation"
shall  include  any  service as a  director,  officer,  employee or agent of the
Corporation  which  imposes  duties on, or involves  service by, such  director,
officer,  employee  or agent with  respect to any  employee  benefit  plan,  its
participants  or  beneficiaries;  and a person  who acted in good faith and in a
manner he or she reasonably  believed to be in the interest of the  participants
and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a
manner "not opposed to the best interests of the  Corporation" as referred to in
this Article VI.

                  (10) The  indemnification and advancement of expenses provided
by, or granted  pursuant to, this Article VI shall,  unless  otherwise  provided
when  authorized  or  ratified,  continue  as to a person who has ceased to be a
director,  officer,  employee  or agent and shall  inure to the  benefit  of the
heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                     BY-LAWS

                  The  directors  of the  Corporation  shall  have the  power to
adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                    AMENDMENT

                  The Corporation  reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation,  in the manner now or
hereafter  prescribed by law, and all rights  conferred on  stockholders in this
Certificate of Incorporation are subject to this reservation.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  DICTAPHONE  CORPORATION  has caused this
certificate  to be signed by John H.  Duerden,  its  Chairman,  Chief  Executive
Officer and President,  and attested to by Daniel P. Hart, its Secretary,  as of
the 27th day of January, 1998.


                                        DICTAPHONE CORPORATION


                                        By: /S/ JOHN H. DUERDEN
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name:      John H. Duerden
                                            Title:     Chairman, Chief Executive
                                                       Officer and President

ATTEST


By: /S/ DANIEL P. HART
    ________________________________
    Name:    Daniel P. Hart
    Title:   Secretary




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15


     STOCK  OPTION  AGREEMENT  dated as of  August 1,  1997  between  DICTAPHONE
CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation (the "Company"),  and JOHN H. DUERDEN (the
"Participant").

     WHEREAS, the Participant is currently President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company and,  pursuant to the Company's  Management Stock Option Plan, as
amended  (the  "Plan"),  and  upon  the  terms  and  subject  to the  conditions
hereinafter set forth,  the Company  desires to provide the Participant  with an
incentive to remain in its employ or the employ of one of its  Subsidiaries  and
to  increase  his  interest  in the  success of the  Company by  granting to the
Participant  nonqualified  stock options (the  "Options") to purchase  shares of
Common Stock, par value $0.01, of the Company (the "Common Stock");

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of the covenants and agreements  herein
contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1. DEFINITIONS;  INCORPORATION OF  PLAN TERMS.  Capitalized terms used
herein without  definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan,
a copy of which is attached hereto.  This Agreement,  the Options and the shares
of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Options (the "Option Shares")
shall be subject to the Plan, the terms of which are hereby  incorporated herein
by reference, and in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Plan
and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern. The Date of Grant with respect to the
Options shall be the date specified at the foot of the signature page hereof.

          2. STOCKHOLDERS  AGREEMENT;  CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.  In accordance with
Section 6(f) of the Plan, the  Participant  and the Company hereby confirm that,
effective  as of the date hereof,  the  Participant  shall,  for purposes of the
Stockholders  Agreement,  be deemed to be a  "Stockholder"  with  respect to the
Options and the Option Shares and the Participant  agrees to be bound by all the
terms of the Stockholders  Agreement  applicable to such a Stockholder.  None of
the Option  Shares may be sold,  transferred,  assigned,  pledged,  or otherwise
encumbered  or disposed  of to any third party other than the Company  except as
provided in the  Stockholders  Agreement or the Plan. None of the Options may be
sold,  transferred,  assigned,  pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of,
except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. During the Participant's
lifetime, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant. Each Permitted
Transferee  (other than the Company) of any Option or Option  Share shall,  as a
condition to the  transfer  thereof,  execute an agreement  pursuant to which it
shall become a party to the Stockholders Agreement and this Agreement.

          3. GRANT OF  OPTIONS.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  contained
herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant,  effective
as of the Date of Grant, 325,000 Service Options. Each such Option shall entitle
the  Participant to purchase,  upon payment of the Option Price specified at the
foot of the signature page hereof,  one share of Common Stock. The Options shall
be exercisable as hereinafter provided.

          4. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.  The Options  evidenced hereby are
subject to the following terms and conditions:

               (a) DURATION OF OPTIONS.  The period for which these  Options are
     effective  shall  commence upon the Date of Grant and shall  continue until
     these Options are terminated as hereinafter provided (the "Option Period").
     Except as otherwise  expressly provided in Section 4(a) hereof, the Options
     (whether  or  not  exercisable)   shall  terminate   immediately  upon  the
     Participant's ceasing to be an employee. The Option Period of these Options
     shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (1) the tenth  anniversary of
     the date hereof; (2) the close of business on the date on which the Company
     acquires any shares of any class of Common  Stock owned by the  Participant
     or his  Permitted  Transferees  (as defined in the  Stockholders  Agreement
     dated August 11, 1995, by and among the Company,  the Management  Investors
     (as defined in the  Stockholders  Agreement),  the Stonington  Investor (as
     defined in the Stockholders  Agreement) and the Institutional Investors (as
     defined in the Stockholders  Agreement)(as in effect from time to time, the
     "Stockholders Agreement")) or any Option held by him or his estate, in each
     case  in  connection  with a Put  Event  (as  defined  in the  Stockholders
     Agreement);  (3) the close of  business  on the date on which  the  Company
     acquires  all  shares  of  Common  Stock  owned by the  Participant  or his
     Permitted Transferee and Options held by him or his estate, in each case in
     connection  with a Call Event (as defined in the  Stockholders  Agreement);
     and (4) the following dates:

               (i)  the  six-month  anniversary  of  the  date  upon  which  the
          Participant  holding  such  Option  ceases  to be an  employee  of the
          Company or its subsidiaries by reason of death;

               (ii) unless  otherwise  specifically  provided  in any  agreement
          between the  Participant  and the Company or one of its  subsidiaries,
          the thirty-day anniversary of the date of the Retirement or Disability
          (as such  terms are  defined  in the  Stockholders  Agreement)  of the
          Participant  if  the  Participant  retires  or is  disabled  while  an
          employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries,  or the thirty-day
          anniversary of the date of Involuntary  Termination (as defined in the
          Stockholders Agreement) of the Participant; or

               (iii) immediately upon a Participant's  Voluntary Resignation (as
          defined in the  Stockholders  Agreement) or  termination of employment
          with the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  for Cause (as defined in
          the Stockholders Agreement);  provided,  however, that notwithstanding
          anything to the contrary  contained  in clauses (i),  (ii) or (iii) of
          this Section 4(a), in the event that prior to the time that any Option
          would otherwise cease to be exercisable  pursuant to such clauses (i),
          (ii),  or (iii),  the  Participant  (A)  exercises  a "Put Right" with
          respect to such "Put  Options" (as such terms are described in Section
          3.1 of the  Stockholders  Agreement)  and (B) withdraws all of his Put
          Options as  provided  in the last  sentence  of Section  3.1(b) of the
          Stockholders  Agreement  because  a  Restriction  (as  defined  in the
          Stockholders  Agreement)  prevents  payment by the  Company in cash in
          respect of such Put Options,  then such Options shall not expire,  and
          shall  continue  to be  exercisable  until  the  earlier  of  (x)  the
          acquisition  by the Company  for cash of such Put Options  pursuant to
          Section  3.1(e) or 3.2(d) (or by the  Company's  designee  pursuant to
          Section 3.1(f) or 3.2(c)) of the Stockholders Agreement; (y) the later
          of (1) the  thirtieth  day  after  the  expiration  of any  applicable
          "holdback" or similar  arrangement  that the  Participant  has entered
          into  with  one or more  underwriters  in  connection  with an IPO (as
          defined in the  Stockholders  Agreement),  (2) if no such agreement is
          entered into,  the thirtieth day after an IPO or (3) the thirtieth day
          following the  effectiveness  of a registration  statement on Form S-8
          with respect to the Option  Shares;  and (z) the tenth  anniversary of
          the date hereof.  In addition,  in the event that the  Participant has
          delivered to the Company a Put Notice (as defined in the  Stockholders
          Agreement) with respect to Put Options, and has not withdrawn such Put
          Notice pursuant to Section 3.1(b) of the Stockholders  Agreement,  the
          related  Option  shall not expire  until it has been  acquired  by the
          Company (or a designee of the Company)  pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2
          of the Stockholders Agreement.

               (b)  EXERCISABILITY  AND  VESTING  OF  OPTIONS.  Options  granted
          hereunder shall become exercisable pursuant to the following terms and
          (except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  for  hereunder  or in any
          agreement  between  the  Company  and  the  Participant)  only  if the
          Participant is employed by the Company or any of its  subsidiaries (as
          determined  pursuant  to  Section 10 of the Plan) on the date on which
          such Option becomes exercisable.  An Option (or portion thereof) which
          becomes  exercisable  pursuant  to the terms of this  Section  4(b) is
          referred to as a "Vested Option." The Options granted  hereunder shall
          vest  and  become   exercisable   on  a  cumulative   basis  in  three
          installments of 108,334, 108,333 and 108,333 Options on, respectively,
          the  first,  second  and  third  anniversaries  of the Date of  Grant;
          provided that the Participant remains in the employ of the Company (as
          determined pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan); and provided, further,
          that in the  event of a Sale (as  defined  in the  Plan) or an IPO (as
          defined  in the  Plan) of the  Company  (x) all  outstanding  unvested
          Options held by the Participant shall become fully vested  immediately
          prior to the Effective  Date of such Sale or IPO, and (y)  appropriate
          provisions  shall be made by the Company to permit the  Participant to
          realize the value of his Options in  connection  with such Sale to the
          same extent as if he had  exercised in full  immediately  prior to the
          effective  date of such Sale and  participated  therein  (which,  with
          respect to consideration  other than cash, shall be determined in good
          faith by the Board of Directors).

               (c)  PROCEDURE  FOR EXERCISE AND PAYMENT FOR SHARES.  Exercise of
          these Options shall be made by the Participant's giving written notice
          to the Company.  Such written  notice shall be deemed  sufficient  for
          this  purpose  only  if it (i) is  delivered  to  the  Company  at its
          principal  offices,  (ii)  states  the  number of Option  Shares  with
          respect to which the Option is being  exercised,  and (iii) states the
          date, no earlier than the fifth business day after,  and no later than
          the tenth business day after, the date of such notice,  upon which the
          Option Shares shall be purchased and payment  therefor  shall be made.
          The payments for Option Shares purchased pursuant to exercise of these
          Options  shall be made at the principal  offices of the Company.  Upon
          (x) the exercise of any Option,  in compliance  with the provisions of
          this Section  4(c),  (y) receipt by the Company of the payment for the
          Option Shares so purchased together with cash in the amount of (or the
          making of  arrangements  referred  to in  Section  13 of the Plan with
          respect to) any taxes required to be collected or withheld as a result
          of the exercise of this  Option,  and (z) receipt by the Company of an
          executed copy of the Stockholders  Agreement  (unless such Participant
          is already a party thereto or the Company receives such other evidence
          as the Company may reasonably require to ensure that the Option Shares
          issuable   upon  exercise  of  the  Option  will  be  subject  to  the
          Stockholders  Agreement),  the  Company  shall  deliver or cause to be
          delivered to the  Participant so exercising an Option a certificate or
          certificates  for the number of Option  Shares  with  respect to which
          these  Options are  exercised  and payment is made.  The Option Shares
          shall  be  registered  in  the  name  of the  exercising  Participant;
          provided that in no event shall any Option  Shares be issued  pursuant
          to exercise of an Option until full payment  therefor  shall have been
          made in one of the manners set forth  below;  and  provided,  further,
          that until such  payment  has been made,  the  exercising  Participant
          shall have no rights of a shareholder. For purposes of this paragraph,
          the date of issuance  shall be the date upon which payment in full has
          been received by the Company as provided herein.  Notwithstanding  the
          foregoing,  if a Put Right has been exercised by the  Participant or a
          Call  Right  has  been  exercised  by  the  Company  pursuant  to  the
          Stockholders Agreement,  with respect to the Option, such Option shall
          be  cancelled,  effective  upon  receipt  by  the  Participant  of the
          consideration provided for in the Stockholders Agreement. The exercise
          price shall be payable at the election of the Participant, in whole or
          in part,  in any one or a  combination  of cash or Mature Common Stock
          valued at the Fair Value Price (as  defined  below) as of the date the
          notice of exercise is given.  Mature Common Stock is defined as shares
          of Common Stock held by such Participant for more than six months.

               (d) CASH-OUT OF CERTAIN OPTIONS.

                    (i) Without  limiting  any rights of the  Company  under the
               Stockholders  Agreement,  the Committee or the Board of Directors
               may in its sole  discretion  cancel  the  vested  portion  of any
               Option or Options  held by a person who is at such time no longer
               an employee or  director  of the Company or its  subsidiaries  in
               exchange for a cash  payment  equal to the excess of (x) the Fair
               Value Price (as defined in the Plan) of the Option Shares subject
               to such Vested Option,  over (y) the Option Price for such Option
               Shares, multiplied by the number of Option Shares subject to such
               cancelled Options;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the exercise of the
               right of the Committee or Board of Directors  hereunder shall not
               be made in contemplation of a Sale or an IPO.

                    (ii) Without  limiting  any rights of the Company  under the
               Stockholders  Agreement,  the Committee or the Board of Directors
               may  cancel  any  outstanding  Options  in  exchange  for a  cash
               payment,  or in the  discretion  of the Committee or the Board of
               Directors payment of other property,  to the Participant equal to
               the excess of (x) the fair market  value (as  determined  in good
               faith  by  the  Board  of   Directors  of  the  Company)  of  the
               consideration  received per  Stonington  Share by the  Stonington
               Investor in any sale (by merger,  stock purchase or otherwise) to
               a  Person  which  is  not an  Affiliate  of  the  Company  or any
               Stonington  Investor  of all  the  then  issued  and  outstanding
               Stonington  Shares (as defined in the Stockholders  Agreement) (a
               "TRANSFER  EVENT"),  over (y) the  Option  Price for such  Option
               Shares, multiplied by the number of Option Shares subject to such
               cancelled  Options,  in each case effective upon the consummation
               of the Transfer Event.

                    (e) STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS. The Participant shall have no rights
               as a  stockholder  with  respect to any Option  Shares until such
               Participant  shall have exercised the related Options and until a
               certificate  or  certificates  evidencing  such shares shall have
               been issued to the  Participant,  and no adjustment shall be made
               for dividends or  distributions or other rights in respect of any
               share for which the  record  date is prior to the date upon which
               the Participant shall become the holder of record thereof.

                    (f) DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.  Any shares of Common Stock
               or other securities of the Company received by the Participant as
               a result of a stock  distribution to holders of Option Shares, as
               a stock  dividend  on  Option  Shares  or  pursuant  to a similar
               transaction  shall be  subject to the same  restrictions  as such
               Option  Shares,  and all  references to Option  Shares  hereunder
               shall be deemed to include  such shares of Common  Stock or other
               securities.

          5.  REQUIREMENTS OF LAW AND OF CERTAIN  AGREEMENTS.  If any law or any
regulation of any commission or agency of competent  jurisdiction  shall require
the Company or the exercising Participant to take any action with respect to any
Option  Shares,  then the date upon which the Company shall issue or cause to be
issued the certificate or certificates for such Option Shares shall be postponed
until  full  compliance  has been  made  with all  such  requirements  of law or
regulation;  provided that the Company shall use reasonable  efforts to take all
necessary action to comply with such requirements of law or regulation. Further,
if  requested  by the  Company,  at or before the time of the  issuance  of such
Option  Shares,  the  Participant  shall  deliver  to the  Company  his  written
statements  satisfactory in form and content to the Company,  that he intends to
hold the Option Shares so acquired by him for  investment and not with a view to
resale  or  other  distribution  thereof  to  the  public  in  violation  of the
Securities Act or any applicable state  securities or "blue sky" law.  Moreover,
in the event that the Company shall  determine in its sole  discretion  that, in
compliance with the Securities Act or any applicable  state  securities or "blue
sky" law, it is necessary to register  any of the Option  Shares,  or to qualify
any  such  Option  Shares  for  exemption  from any of the  requirements  of the
Securities Act or any other applicable statute or regulation,  no Options may be
exercised  until the  required  action  has been  completed;  provided  that the
Company shall use reasonable efforts to take all necessary action to comply with
such requirements of law or regulation. All Option Shares shall bear the legends
provided for in the Stockholders Agreement.


               6. MISCELLANEOUS.

               (a) NO RIGHTS TO GRANTS OR CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT.  The Participant
          shall not have any claim or right to receive  grants of Options  under
          the Plan.  Neither the Plan nor this Agreement nor any action taken or
          omitted to be taken hereunder or thereunder  shall be deemed to create
          or confer on the Participant any right to be retained in the employ of
          the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  or other  affiliate  thereof,  or to
          interfere  with or to limit in any way the right of the Company or any
          Subsidiary or other  affiliate  thereof to terminate the employment of
          the Participant at any time.

               (b) TAX WITHHOLDING. No later than the date as of which an amount
          first becomes  includible in the gross income of the  Participant  for
          Federal  income tax purposes  with respect to Option  Shares  acquired
          pursuant to the  exercise of any Option  hereunder,  such  Participant
          shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements reasonably satisfactory
          to the Company regarding the payment of, any Federal,  state, local or
          foreign  taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect
          to such amount;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that such  arrangements need not
          involve  the  advancement  by the  Company  of any funds to, for or on
          behalf of any  Participant or the incurrence or payment by the Company
          of any costs or expenses.  The  obligations  of the Company  hereunder
          shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements,  and the Company
          shall,  to the extent  permitted by law,  have the right to deduct any
          such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Participant.

               (c) NO  RESTRICTION  ON  RIGHT OF  COMPANY  TO  EFFECT  CORPORATE
          CHANGES.  Neither the Plan nor this Agreement  shall affect in any way
          the  right or  power of the  Company  or its  stockholders  to make or
          authorize any or all adjustments,  recapitalizations,  reorganizations
          or other changes in the capital  structure or business of the Company,
          or any merger or consolidation  of the Company,  or any issue of stock
          or of  options,  warrants  or  rights to  purchase  stock or of bonds,
          debentures,  preferred  or prior  preference  stocks  whose rights are
          superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights  thereof or which
          are  convertible  into  or  exchangeable  for  Common  Stock,  or  the
          dissolution or liquidation of the Company,  or any sale or transfer of
          all or any part of the assets or business of the Company, or any other
          corporate  act  or  proceeding,  whether  of a  similar  character  or
          otherwise.

               (d) 1934 ACT.  Notwithstanding  anything contained in the Plan or
          this Agreement to the contrary, if the consummation of any transaction
          under  the  Plan  or  this  Agreement  would  result  in the  possible
          imposition of liability to the  Participant  pursuant to Section 16(b)
          of the 1934 Act, the Board of Directors  or the  Committee  shall have
          the right,  in its sole  discretion,  but shall not be  obligated,  to
          defer  such   transaction  to  the  extent  necessary  to  avoid  such
          liability, but in no event for a period in excess of 180 days.

               7. SURVIVAL; ASSIGNMENT.

               (a) All  agreements,  representations  and warranties made herein
          and in any  certificates  delivered  pursuant hereto shall survive the
          issuance to the  Participant of the Options and the Option Shares and,
          notwithstanding any investigation  heretofore or hereafter made by the
          Participant  or the Company or on the  Participant's  or the Company's
          behalf,  shall  continue in full force and  effect.  Without the prior
          written consent of the Company,  the Participant may not assign any of
          his  rights  hereunder  except  by will or the  laws  of  descent  and
          distribution.  Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is
          referred to, such  reference  shall be deemed to include the heirs and
          permitted  successors  and assigns of such party;  and all  agreements
          herein  by or on  behalf  of the  Company,  or by or on  behalf of the
          Participant,  shall  bind and  inure to the  benefit  of the heirs and
          permitted successors and assigns of such parties hereto.

               (b) The  Company  shall  have the  right to  assign to any of its
          affiliates any of its rights,  or to delegate to any of its affiliates
          any of its obligations, under this Agreement.

          8. CERTAIN REMEDIES. Without intending to limit the remedies available
to  the  Company,  the  Participant  agrees  that  damages  at  law  will  be an
insufficient  remedy  in the event the  Participant  violates  the terms of this
Agreement.  The  Participant  agrees  that the  Company  may  apply for and have
injunctive or other equitable  relief in any court of competent  jurisdiction to
restrain  the breach or  threatened  breach  of, or  otherwise  specifically  to
enforce, any of the provisions hereof.

          9. NOTICES. All notices and other  communications  provided for herein
shall be in  writing  and shall be  delivered  by hand or sent by  certified  or
registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the
Participant,  to his  attention at the mailing  address set forth at the foot of
this Agreement (or to such other address as the Participant shall have specified
to the Company in writing)  and, if to the  Company,  c/o  Stonington  Partners,
Inc.,  767 Fifth Avenue,  New York,  New York 10153,  Attention:  Scott M. Shaw,
Principal.  All such  notices  shall be  conclusively  deemed to be received and
shall  be  effective,  if sent by hand  delivery,  upon  receipt,  or if sent by
registered  or  certified  mail,  on the fifth  day after the day on which  such
notice is mailed.

          10.  WAIVER.  The  waiver  by  either  party  of  compliance  with any
provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not operate or be construed
as a waiver of any  other  provision  of this  Agreement,  or of any  subsequent
breach by such party of a provision of this Agreement.

          11. ENTIRE  AGREEMENT;  GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Agreement and the other
related  agreements  expressly referred to herein set forth the entire agreement
and understanding  between the parties hereto and supersede all prior agreements
and understandings  relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be
executed  in one or more  counterparts,  each of which  shall be deemed to be an
original,  but all such counterparts shall together  constitute one and the same
agreement.  The headings of sections and subsections  herein are included solely
for  convenience  of  reference  and shall not affect the  meaning of any of the
provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed by its duly  authorized  officer and the  Participant has executed this
Agreement, both as of the day and year first written above.

                                   DICTAPHONE CORPORATION


                                   By: /S/ DANIEL P. HART
                                       ______________________________________
                                       Name: Daniel P. Hart
                                       Title:   Vice President, Business
                                                Development and General Counsel


                                   PARTICIPANT


                                   /S/ JOHN H. DUERDEN
                                   _________________________________________
                                   Name:     John H. Duerden
                                   Address:



Option Price:    $10.00

Date of Grant:   August 1, 1997



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.18


November 8, 1996



Mr. Ronald Elwell
Vice President, Product Development & Marketing
Dictaphone Corporation
3191 Broadbridge Avenue
Stratford, CT  06497

Dear Ron:

     This  letter  will  set  forth  our  agreement  concerning  your  continued
employment with Dictaphone. 

     As I have  expressed to you in person,  I feel  confident  that we have the
management  team to move  forward  and  drive  this  business.  Recognizing  the
concerns  as  expressed  by some of the  management  team  relative to issues of
transition  should this  relationship  not develop as I  anticipate,  this is to
confirm that Stonnington has agreed with my recommendation  that, in lieu of the
normal  severance  policy,  an  "Executive  Severance  Arrangement"  including a
severance  pay  period of up to two years  salary  will be offered to you in the
event that your employment is terminated by Dictaphone for any reason other than
cause.  This severance will also be offered to you should your job be eliminated
or a substantial  reduction in your  responsibilities and compensation occur. In
your case, a restructuring of your responsibilities to eliminate the engineering
function from your direct management will not invoke this agreement.

     A termination for cause will be defined as your termination resulting from
a severe  breach of  business  ethics,  a  violation  of stated  company  policy
which would  otherwise  result in your  immediate  termination,  your  continued
failure or refusal to perform  any of the  material  duties or  responsibilities
(other than failure due to a disability  as defined in  Dictaphone's  disability
policies)   reasonably   required   by   Dictaphone    hereunder,    substantial
underperformance  as defined below or any act by you which could cause  personal
harm or  embarrassment to the reputation of the  organization  were it to become
public.

     Substantial    underperformance    will   be   defined    as    substantial
underperformance  by you of your  duties  and  responsibilities,  except  to the
extent   that  such   substantial   underperformance   relates   to  duties  and
responsibilities  which had not been part of your job  assignment  prior to this
agreement and which substantial  underperformance is not corrected by you within
45 days of your receipt of written notice from Dictaphone.

     Under  the  terms of this  "Executive  Severance  Arrangement"  you will be
offered your salary at the time of  separation  for a period of up to two years,
payable on regular pay days.  The first year of severance pay will be payable to
you in full, regardless of your employment status with any other company. At the
conclusion  of the  first  twelve  months,  if you have not  secured  employment
elsewhere,  the company will extend your severance pay on a month by month basis
for a maximum of twelve  additional  months.  This  extension,  at the company's
discretion,  will be dependent upon your reasonable efforts to secure employment
as judged by your  documented job search  activities.  In addition,  you will be
eligible for outplacement services at a nationally recognized  outplacement firm
of the company's  choosing for the severance  period.  Medical,  dental and life
insurance   will be  extended  to you at the rate that you would have paid as an
active  employee  under the terms and conditions of those plans for up to twelve
months or until you have secured employment elsewhere.  You will be eligible for
COBRA  continuation  of applicable  benefits for an additional  six months for a
total coverage period of eighteen months.

     In  any  event, the "Executive  Severance  Arrangement" will require you to
sign, as a condition of receiving  severance  hereunder,  a severance  agreement
including a release of the company from all liability for any acts or violations
relative to any administrative  procedures and/or federal, state or local law(s)
covering  the  employment   relationship.   The  release  will  also  include  a
non-compete,  non-solicitation  of  employees,  non-disclosure  of  confidential
information  and an  agreement  to  cooperate  with the company on any legal and
otherwise reasonable business issue requiring your involvement for resolution.

     In  the  case  of  your  termination  of  employment  due   to  substantial
underperformance, in lieu of this "Executive Severance Arrangement", you will be
entitled to receive  your salary for up to one year (six months  initial  period
and six months at the company's  discretion) under the same terms and conditions
as stated above.

Sincerely,


/S/ JOHN H. DUERDEN
John H. Duerden



/S/ RONALD ELWELL
- ------------------------------          ----------------
Ronald Elwell                           Date



Enclosure





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
condensed consolidated balance sheet of Dictaphone Corporation at December 31,
1997 and the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such
financial statements.  
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                         DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                            JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                              DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                          10,277
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   72,749
<ALLOWANCES>                                       810
<INVENTORY>                                     48,779
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               142,670
<PP&E>                                          66,491
<DEPRECIATION>                                  31,160
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 470,060
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           91,436
<BONDS>                                        342,816
                           20,841
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           130
<OTHER-SE>                                       4,290
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   470,060
<SALES>                                        245,758
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               340,042
<CGS>                                          194,432
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  364,662
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              44,438
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (69,282)
<INCOME-TAX>                                     1,060
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (68,222)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (68,222)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission